^f/,e/f* "R-.d. 

UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. 




2-f AU*^ sfr ? 







1 



- 4b 






* * » V 



v »> ■;, 



AN 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL 



DESIGNED FOR 



TEACHERS OF INFANT CLASSES. 



BY 



PAMELIA BELDING. 






CINCINNATI: 

PUBLISHED BY POE & HITCHCOCK 



R. P. THOMPSON, PR1NTEB. 
1864. 



-? 



4^ 



^A 



Entered, according to act of Congress, in the year 1864, 
BY POE & HITCHCOCK, 

In the Clerk's Office of the District Court for the Southern 
District of Ohio. 



341* 



7 



PKEFACE. 



By the long and successful trial which 
the author has given to the method of in- 
struction brought to view in this manual, 
she is convinced that the whole process 
and apparatus are in keeping with the nat- 
ural constitution of the infant mind; she 
believes it to be one truly in the "wake 
of nature" Children capacitated to enjoy 
and communicate intellectual pleasures, 
are ever ready to hear as well as to relate 
stories. We think we have found at least 
one method whereby the progressive de- 
mand of early childhood may be happily 
and safely met, and the intellect may re- 
ceive a healthy and vigorous culture, 
without impairing or weakening its ener- 
gies, while the little inquirers after knowl- 
edge have opened up to them a field of 
thought where, within the range of their 



4 PREFACE. 

own capacity, they may roam at pleasure 
through fields of intellectual delight. 

The writer sends out this manual hum- 
bly trusting that it may meet with a kind 
reception and a fair trial; at least that 
the method of conveying instruction herein 
recommended may be accepted as a new 
element in infant instruction. Commend- 
ing the work to the Divine blessing, she 
trusts it may be made welcome to thou- 
sands whose pleasure and interest it will 
be to carry out its spirit and design. 

Pamelia Belding. 
Cincinnati, October 1, 1864. 



IOTBODUCTIOE". 



The Sunday School has grown from hum- 
ble beginnings to be almost the mightiest 
agency used by the Church of God for pro- 
moting the spread of the Redeemer's king- 
dom in the world. It is indispensable in a 
live Church, and every member ought to feel 
that it would be as proper to dispense with 
Sunday morning preaching as to try to live 
without a good Sunday school. 

But it is extremely difficult to awaken and 
keep alive an intelligent interest in two classes 
of persons who attend, or ought to attend, our 
Sunday schools. These are the youth just 
growing into adolescence, and the infants just 
coming to moral accountability. To the for- 
mer class we can offer the beautiful Word of 
God, and stimulate them to study and discuss, 
by topics, its sublime doctrines and life- drawn 
histories. The late Dr. Floy, of New York, 
attempted, and with much promise of success, 



6 INTRODUCTION. 

a series of text-books for these, and it is 
hoped that so good a series of Sunday school 
instruction books will be more energetically 
pushed into notice. For the second class, 
there have been "Manuals" in numbers 
brought forward, some so easy as to relieve 
the little minds, not only of the labor of 
thinking at all, but even to prevent them 
from making progress; and others so hard, 
and so full of great words, as to frighten 
even older heads who may attempt to teach 
the lessons. 

Neither class needs, or can be best in- 
structed by a classified arrangement and 
statement of the whole body of systematic 
theology. Both are best taught in the Bible 
way — by examples taken from life and vividly 
set before the mind in word-pictures, which 
shall first interest and attract the heart, and 
then reform the morals, through faith in the 
Divine Author of those inspired histories. 
It will then follow that our Sunday schools 
ara correct in practice when they use the 
pure Word of God, and contrive, by means 
of questions, to enable every child to appre- 
hend its sense, and then, by plain and personal 
appeals to the conscience of the scholar, 



INTRODUCTION. 7 

persuade him to practice what lie haa 
learned. 

But an infant can not read, or if it can 
read, it can not compare point with point so 
as to reason out a logical answer to a series 
of questions. How, then, must we do with 
the infant? We must tell him the simple 
Bible story, and its great truth — telling these 
over and over till their substance becomes 
incorporated into the child's mental being, 
never to be forgotten or doubted, and then 
questioning him about the things learned, till 
he can communicate as well as remember the 
saving truths, and principles, and histories so 
gained. But while children with inquisitive 
minds and souls, and hearts to learn, and be 
formed anew, are plenty and eager to listen, 
teachers who have at once the two gifts, to 
see, and to make others see the simple and yet 
grand pictures and lessons of the Bible, are 
not plenty. Many a young man and young 
woman will find no difficulty in making others 
see what has been set before them, while yet 
they have not the gift divine to cull out of the 
scattered materials of nature, or the Word of 
God, those pictures for themselves. Hence the 
necessity of a book that shall take Bible 



8 INTRODUCTION. 

truths and histories and put them into les- 
sons of proper length and order, adapting and 
fitting to them questions for examination and 
review, which any one can use. 

Again: these infant classes in our Sunday 
schools must be entertained and instructed by 
a large amount of singing. And this singing 
is too often entirely aimless, and so fre- 
quently repeated as to be almost worthless. 
Hence another necessity, to arrange these 
singing exercises so as to make them aid in 
enforcing the lesson in hand, and to add to 
it a beauty and an interest not always native 
to it. Then singing will teach as well as 
amuse, and grow in attractiveness as it will 
grow in power to convey moral instruction. 

With these ideas and principles in mind, 
the following work has been prepared by one 
who has had a large experience in teaching 
the little ones in Sunday schools. It has 
been used in manuscript in several Sunday 
schools, and has proved a decided success. 
It aims to give consecutive instruction on 
Bible histories, truths, and doctrines, and to 
connect with these intelligent and recreating 
singing exercises. It proposes rather to as- 
sist teachers than aid their scholars. But 



INTRODUCTION. 9 

the teacher who thinks she can use it with- 
out study and prayer, will be greatly and 
sadly at fault. It will require work. And 
if any one who would attain to the honor 
and sway the influence of a good Sunday 
school teacher, is not willing to work hard 
while using it, she would do well not to adopt 
it. It will greatly aid an earnest, working 
teacher, and will not hurt any other, but 
will, like every thing else, prove almost a 
failure in the hands of a lazy one. It is 
made to be a help for those, and only those 
who love the work of Sunday schools, and are 
asking how they can do most of that work, 
and do it most efficiently. 

Robert Allyn. 

M'Kendree College, III., ) 
October, 1864. J 



A WOBD TO TEACHEES. 



The hymns and verses in the lessons serve 
not only as illustrations, but as an exercise, 
and afford opportunities for change of posi- 
tion. When either sung or repeated, the 
children may be required to rise to their 
feet — the teacher giving the signal, either 
by the ring of a small hand-bell, or in some 
other way. 

The analysis of the lessons in the manner 
as brought to view in the first three lessons 
of this Manual will be found greatly to aid 
in securing the attention of the children, be- 
ing a pleasing change of exercise ; not being 
shut up to get written questions, the teacher 
progressing through the lesson can at any 
point question children on what they have 
just heard at pleasure. They will not only 
be attentive to the reading or relating of the 
lesson, that they may be able to answer the 

questions put to them, but they will answer 

11 



12 A WORD TO TEACHERS. 

the questions for the sake of hearing what 
you have to say. 

The lessons are to be used as sacred his- 
torical stories; and in regard to variety, 
change, and exercise, as well as style, as a 
means of conveying instruction, comprise all 
that may be needed to carry out the infant- 
school system of instruction, and are perfect 
in themselves : yet, where teachers would 
wish to enlarge upon them, the field is 
open for them. The lessons are designed to 
supply the teacher with themes for instruc- 
tion, while they leave ample scope for the 
exercise of one's own talents and intelligence. 
■By way of preparation, so as to make the 
lessons their own, and render them a success, 
it will be requisite for teachers to read over 
their lessons, perhaps, several times, and 
learn what is to be said and done. 

In applying themselves to the teaching of 
the lesson, if there be time, let the first hymn 
in the lesson be memorized and sung ; but, 
if there be not time, then let it be repeated 
by the children in concert two or three times 
over ; after which the teacher may proceed 
to the reading or relating of the story of the 
lesson, which should be done with a clear, 



A WORD TO TEACHERS. 13 

audible voice, in as cheerful and lively a 
manner as possible. The exercises may be 
attended to in the order set down in the 
lesson, making such applications as they may 
be led to do. 

Some of the New Testament lessons may 
be found to be too lengthy. The teachers, 
however, can consult their own convenience, 
leave off where it best suits them, reserving 
the remainder of the lesson for the next 
session of the school. The double lessons, 
or lessons in two parts, are designed for two 
sessions. 



PART 1 



tsmm ix®m tbt ©Bsr msiummt 



CONTENTS 



PART I. 

LESSONS FROM THE OID TESTAMENT. 



Lesson. page. 

I. About the Body 19 

II. About God in his Providence 25 

III. About the Soul 29 

IV. About the Angels 38 

V. Of the Wicked Angels 42 

VI. More about Satan . 44 

VII. About God— God or the Bible 46 

VIII. God, or the World. Part 1 48 

IX. God, or the World. Part 2 50 

X. God, or the World. Part 3 52 

XI. God, or the World. Part 4 54 

XII. God, or the World. Part 5 55 

XIII. God, or the World. Part 6 57 

XIV. God, or the World. Part 7 58 

XV. God, or the World. Part 8 61 

XVI. God, or the World. Part 9 62 

XVII. The Creation of Man. Part 10 65 

XVIII. The Dominion of Man. Part 11 67 

XIX. Man, or Adam and Eve. Part 1 69 

XX. Paradise, or Adam and Eve. Part 2 71 

XXI. The Tree of Life— The Tree of Knowledge. 

Part 3 72 

XXII. The Tempter. Part 4 74 

2 17 



18 CONTENTS. 

Lesson. tags, 

XXIII. The Serpent Crushed. Part 5 76 

XXIV. God, or the Punishment. Part 6 78 

XXV. The Overthrow of Satan. Part 7 79 

XXVI. Paradise Lost. Part 8 81 

XXVII. Satan, or the Disappointment. Part 9. 84 

XXVIII. Satan, or the Disappointment. Part 10. 85 

XXIX. Satan, or the Disappointment. Part 11. 87 

XXX. Adam and Eve— The Preview. Part 1. 89 

XXXI. Adam and Eve— The Review. Part 2. 91 

XXXII. Adam and Eve— The Review. Part 3. 93 

XXXIII. Adam and Eve— The Review. Part 4. 95 

XXXIV. Adam and Eve— The Review. Part 5. 97 
XXXV. Adam and Eve— The Review. Part 6. 99 

XXXVI. The Lord Jesus, the Savior of the 

Fallen Family— The Review. Part 7. 101 
XXXVII. Of the Savior— The Review. Part 8. 103 
XXXVIII. Of the Savior— The Review. Part 9. 105 
.XXXIX. Adam and Eve and family — The Sav- 
ior—The Review. Part 10 107 

XL. The Review. Part 11 109 

XLI. About the Hiding of God's Face 110 

XLII. About Faith, or what Faith Does 113 

XLIII. Sacrifices God's Way of Pointing out 

the True Sacrifice 116 

XLIV. How God Keeps the World in Mind of 

Christ's Death 119 

XLV. About God in his House, or what Peo- 
ple do in God's House...... 124 

XLVI. About the Worship of God 127 

XLVII. The History of Cain and Abel. Parti. 131 
XLVIII. The History of Cain and Abel. Part 2. 134 
XLIX. About the Generations from Adam to 

Noah and the Flood. >.. 138 

L. Something more about the Flood 151 

\ 



THE 

INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 



PART I. 

LESSONS FROM THE OLD TESTAMENT. 



LESSON I. 

ABOUT THE BODY. 

Our Father, who art in heaven, 
Hallowed be thy name; 
Thy kingdom come, thy will be done 
On earth as it is in heaven. 

Give us this day our daily bread, 

And forgive us our trespasses 

As we forgive them that trespass against us : 

And lead us not into temptation, 

But deliver us from evil; 

For thine is the kingdom, and the power, 

And the glory forever, amen. 

Dear Children, — I suppose you know 

something about God; but I wish to talk 

with you, and tell you what the Bible says 

about him. Yes, 't is the Bible that tells us 

about God and ourselves, and about heaven 

19 



20 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

and hell. Would you not like to learn about 
those things ? And will you not try to learn 
what I tell you? 

What book is it that tells us about God, 
and about ourselves, and about heaven and 
hell? (Replies.) 

God has done ever so many great and 
wonderful things. He made the sun and 
placed it up in the sky, and holds it there 
so it does not fall. God made every thing in 
the world at first, and he takes care of every 
thing he has made. If he did not take care 
of us we could not live at all. 

Who made every thing in the world at 
first? (Replies.) God made every thing in 
the world at first; but besides that, what does 
he do for every thing he has made ? (Re- 
plies.) If God did not take care of us, how 
would it be with us? (Replies.) 

God is not like us. He lives every-where, 
he is all around us in this world, and he is 
in heaven, too. In every place that you can 
think of, God lives. You can not see God; 
but God can see you, for he is every-where. 

Where does God live? (Replies: Yes, he 
lives in heaven, and in this world, too?) Is 
there any place that you can think of where 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 21 

God does not live? (Replies.) Why can 
not you think of a place where God does not 
live ? (Replies : Because lie is every-where.) 
Where is God? (Replies.) How is it that 
God can be in heaven, and yet at the same 
time be all around us in this world, and see 
us? (Replies: It is because he is every- 
where.) Can we be every-where at once? 
(Replies.) Who is the only person that can 
be every-where at once? (Replies.) 

We have said God made every thing at 
first. Yes, and he made you, and he has 
given every one of us a body, and your 
bodies are alive. A book, you know, is not 
alive; it is not warm, like your bodies; but 
is very cold; it has no breath as you have, 
nor can it move, for it has no life. 

Who made you? (Replies.) What has 
God given every one of us? (Replies.) 
When our bodies have breath in them, what 
are we said to be? (Replies: Said to be 
alive.) Why is a book said to have no life ? 
(Replies: Because it has no breath in it, it 
can neither breathe nor move.) A book can 
neither breathe nor move because, what? 
children. (Replies : Because it has no life in 
it.) What is the difference between yoiu* 



22 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

bodies and a book? (Replies: Our bodies 
have life and breath in them; but a book has 
no life.) 

Your bodies have bones in them to make 
them strong; the bones are covered over with 
flesh. Feel your arms and see whether there 
is flesh over the bones; this makes them soft. 
The flesh has blood in it, and the skin is 
outside of this flesh, and covers it all over 
like a coat. 

What have you in your bodies to make 
them strong? (Replies.) What are your 
bones covered over with? (Replies.) What 
is there in the flesh, and what is it? (Re- 
plies.) What is outside of the flesh, and 
covers it all like a coat? (Replies.) 

Now you may learn and sing this verse 
about it. 

(The children repeat in concert with the teacher.) 

" My little body 's formed by God, 
J Tis made of living flesh and blood; 
The slender bones are placed within, 
And over all is laid the skin." 

You see, children, God has made your 
bodies to live, and breathe, and move. He 
thinks of you every minute, or you could 
not breathe, but would die. God has made 
these bodies so that they must be fed, 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 23 

for if you were not to eat any thing for a 
few days, you would die. Your breath would 
stop, and your heart would not beat, and 
your body would grow cold and stiff, like a 
stone. 

If we would keep the body from dying, 
what must be done for it? (Replies: It must 
be fed.) It is easy to hurt the body. Did 
you ever cut your finger? Then you know 
how easy it is to hurt the body. It is easy 
to break the bones; did you ever see any one 
with his arm broken? And then a very lit- 
tle thing will make the body die. Fire will 
burn it, and water will drown it; and what 
can be done to the body so as to cause it to 
die ? (Replies : It may be hurt.) 

God has made your bodies to live, and 
breathe, and move; but then, how has he 
made them? (Replies: He has made them 
so as to be fed, and to be kept from getting 
hurt, or they will die.) 

Yes, and every one of you may say, as the 
little verse says, which you may now repeat. 

(The children repeat.) 

u My little body 's very weak, 
A fall or blow my bones might break, 
The water soon might stop my breath, 
The fire might close my eyes in death." 



24 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

You see, children, God has made your 
bodies so that you must take great care of 
them. You must do all you can to keep them 
from getting hurt, and from dying. But 
then no one can keep these bodies from all 
harm, and from dying, neither yourself nor 
any one else, but God only. 

Even though we do all we can to keep 
these bodies from getting hurt, and from dy- 
ing, can we either ourselves or any one else 
keep them from all harm, or from dying? 
(Replies: We can not.) Who alone can do 
it for us? (Replies.) Then, that you may 
remember how we can not, either ourselves 
or any one else, keep these bodies from all 
harm, that none but God only can do it, you 
may learn and say this verse : 

(The children repeat.) 

" But God can keep me by his care ; 
To him I'll say this little prayer; 
God, from harm my body keep, 
Both when I wake and when I sleep." 

You may now sing the hymn in the begin- 
ning of the lesson. 

(The children sing.) 
"Our Father, who art in heaven," etc. 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 25 



LESSON II. 

ABOUT GOD IN HIS PROVIDENCE ; OR, THE CARE OP 
MOTHER, FATHER, AND GOD. 

"Great God, and wilt thou condescend 
To be my Father and my Friend ? 
I a poor child, and thou so high, 
The Lord of earth, and air, and sky ! 

Art thou my Father ? canst thou bear 
To hear my poor, imperfect prayer ? 
Or stoop to listen to the praise 
That such a little one can raise ? 

Art thou my Father ? then at last, 
When all my days on earth are past, 
P Send down and take me in thy love, 

To be thy better child above." 

Your bodies, children, were not always as 
big as they are now. Once you were very 
small, you were called little babies. You 
can take some care of yourselves now, but 
when you were babies you could not take 
any care of yourselves at all. Now you may 
see bow very good Grod has been to you, for 
when you could not take care of yourselves 
God gave you kind mothers to take care of 
you and to do every thing for you that you 
needed and could not do for yourselves, and 
he gave you fathers to earn money to help 



26 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

your mothers to get bread, and clothes, and 
every thing that you might need, when you 
were so very helpless and could not look out 
your own living. 

Were you always as big as you are now? 
(Replies.) What were you called when you 
were so very small? (Replies.) You can 
take some care of yourselves now, but when 
you were babies, could you take any care of 
yourselves at all? (Replies.) Why not? 
(Replies.) What did God give you kind 
mothers for? (Replies.) What did God 
give you fathers for? (Replies.)* 

Yes, God caused both your mother and 
father to love you very dearly. Your mother 
does a great many things for you; and your 
father lets you live in his house, and gives 
you a part of his things to make you happy. 

Why does your mother do so many things 
for you ? (Replies : She does them because 
she loves us and wishes to make us happy?) 
Why does your father let you live in his 
house, and give you a part of his things? 
(Replies.) Who is it that causes both your 
mother and father to love you? (Replies.) 
When you were so very small and helpless, 
what did God give you that you might be 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 27 

taken care of, and have bread, and clothes, 
and a home ? (Replies.) 

0, how you ought to love God for all his 
great goodness to you, children ! 

How are you to behave toward your par- 
ents? God teaches you in the Bible, chil- 
dren, that you must honor your mother and 
father; you must love them and be thankful 
to them for their love and care for you ; you 
must be good children to them, always mind 
what they say, and do what they bid you. 
Children, never forget to honor your father 
and mother, for it is one of God's great com- 
mandments ; if you break it you disobey both 
God and your parents. 

You may now repeat the commandment of 
God about honoring your parents. 

(The children repeat.) 

Honor thy father and thy mother, that thy 
days may be long in the land which the 
Lord thy God giveth thee. 

Now you may sing the verses about it. 

(The children sing.) 
"How sweetly does the time fly," etc. 

Your father may die, and then you would 
be fatherless; but you would still have the 



28 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

best of all fathers left. Yes, you have 
another father besides the one you have at 
home. God, who lives in heaven and every- 
where, is your Father, and he loves you, and 
a great deal more than the one you live with 
does. He will take care of you when your 
father is dead. He says, I will be a Father 
to the fatherless. Your Father in heaven 
will never die ; he looks at you and thinks 
of you every moment. He gives you a part 
of his things, and he wants you to come 
after awhile and live with him in heaven. 

Who is your Father besides the one you 
have at home ? (Replies.) Who is the best 
Father of all fathers? (Replies.) If the 
father you have at home were to die, what 
would you be? You would be fatherless, 
would you not? Then who would take care 
of you ? (Replies.) What has God promised 
to be to the fatherless? (Replies.) Will 
your Father in heaven ever die? (Replies.) 
How much does your Heavenly Father love 
you? (Replies.) What does he do for you? 
(Replies.) Where does he wish to have you 
come and live after awhile? (Replies.) How 
much, then, you ought to love God your 
Father I 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 29 



You may now repeat — or sing — the hymn 
the beginning of the lesson. 

(The children sing.) 

"Great God, and wilt thou condescend," etc. 



LESSON III. 

ABOUT THE SOUL. 

"There is an hour when I must die, 

Nor do I know how soon 'twill come; 
A thousand children, young as I, 

Are call'd by death to hear their doom. 

Let me improve the hours I have, 
Before the day of grace is fled; 

There's no repentance in the grave. 
Nor pardon offer' d to the dead. 

Just as a tree cut down, that fell 
To north or southward, there it lies, 

So man departs to heaven or hell, 
Fixed in the state wherein he dies." 

God made the animals, too. He made 
them and keeps them alive, just as he keeps 
you alive. 

Who made you, children ? (Replies.) Who 
made the animals ? (Replies.) How does God 
keep the animals alive ? (Replies : Just as he 
keeps us alive.) 

And he made their bodies of bones, and 



30 INFANT CLASS MANUAL, 

flesh, and blood, but if you look at any of 
them — your horse or cow, your dog, or cat, 
or chicken, or bird, or even a little fly or 
spider — you will see that their bodies are 
not like your bodies. 

What are the bodies of animals made up 
of? (Replies.) But when you look at the 
bodies of any of the animals, what do you 
see ? (Replies : We see that their bodies are 
not made like our bodies?) 

But there is a greater difference than this 
between you and them. They can not think 
about God or any thing else; you can. They 
can not learn about him, nor love him. 

What is it that animals can not do ? (Re- 
plies.) 

The Bible tells us that God has made us 
better than the birds or beasts. None of 
them have souls, they have only live bodies. 

What is it that animals have only ? (Re- 
plies.) 

But you have both souls and bodies. When 
God made your body he put a soul in it, but 
when he made the bodies of the animals he 
did not put a soul in any of them. 

What does the Bible tell us about the ani- 
mals ? (Replies : It tells us that they have no 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 31 

souls.) When God made your bodies what 
did he put in them ? (Replies.) What have 
you then ? (Replies : We have both bodies and 
souls.) When God made the animals did he 
put a soul in any of them ? (Replies : He 
did not) Can not animals think about God, 
or of any thing else? Can not they learn 
about him and love him ? (Replies : They 
can not.) Why not ? (Replies : They have 
no souls, and are only live bodies.) How does 
the Bible say we are made? (Replies: 
We are made better than the animals.) What 
have we more than they? (Replies.) 

You can now not only see, children, how 
your bodies are made quite different from the 
bodies of animals, your horse or cow, your 
dog, or cat, or chicken, or bird, or even a 
little fly or spider, but you can see what the 
great difference is between us and them — we 
have souls, and none of them have any. 

There are some pretty verses that will help 
you to keep in mind about yourselves, how you 
are better than animals ; you may repeat them. 

(The children repeat.) 

"My hands, how nicely they are made 
To hold, and touch, and do ; 
I'll try to learn some honest trade, 
That will be useful, too. 



32 INFANT CLASS MANUAL, 

My eyes, how fit they are to read, 
And mind my work, and look ; 
* I ought to think of that, indeed, 
And use them at my book. 

My tongue was truly never meant 

To quarrel and to swear ; 
To speak the truth my tongue was lent, 

And to be used in prayer. 

My mind, for what can it be given ? 

For thinking, to be sure ; 
That I might think of God and heaven, 

And learn my faults to cure. 

My heart, and all the fear and love 

That in my bosom dwell ; 
My love was made for heaven above, 

My fear, to fly from ill." 

You can not see your soul, but God can 
see it. He knows just what you are think- 
ing about now. 

Can you see your soul? (Replies.) Can 
God see? (Eeplies.) Does God see just 
what you are thinking about now ? (Re- 
plies.) How is it that God can see what you 
are thinking about ? (Replies : It is because 
he can see the soul.) 

Your souls are worth a great deal more 
than your bodies; for your bodies are made 
of dust, and will die ; but your souls are made 
of the breath of God, and will never die nor 
grow old. What is your body made of? 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 33 

(Replies.) What are your souls made of? 
(Replies.) What part of you is it that will 
die? (Replies.) What part of you will 
never die nor grow old? (Replies.) "Why 
can not the soul die ? (Replies : Because it is 
made of the breath of God.) 

When an animal dies it is altogether dead, 
for it has nothing but a body. But when 
your bodies die and are put in the ground, 
your souls will not be dead, also; for they 
will not lie in the grave. Even a baby has 
a soul, and when the baby's body dies and 
is put in the little coffin its soul is not dead. 
Its little body is dead, and in the coffin, and 
in the grave ; but its soul is not in the coffin 
nor in the grave ; for it can not die like the 
body. It has gone up to God. 

When animals die, how is it with them? 

(Replies.) Why are they altogether dead? 

(Replies : Because they have nothing but body.) 

When your bodies die and are put in the 

grave, will your souls be dead, also, and in 

the grave? (Replies.) When the body is 

dead and in the coffin, and in the grave, why 

will not the soul be in the coffin and in the 

grave, also ? (Replies : Because it can not die 

like the body, neither can it be buried like the 

3 



34 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

/ 

body,} And when it leaves the body where 

does it go? (Replies.) 

A body with a soul in it is like a cage 
wifch a bird in it; when the door is open the 
bird flies out, leaving the cage behind, and 
goes where it pleases up in the air among 
the trees, or from place to place on the 
ground. So, dear children, the body has a 
door; death opens the door and lets the soul 
out. When the body dies the soul goes right 
out of it — leaves its cage and goes back to 
God. If the soul has been good and loved 
God while it was in the body, then God takes 
it into heaven to live with him forever. 
But if the soul has been wicked God will 
send it to hell, where the devil and his 
angels are. 

What is the reason that the soul is worth 
more than the body? (Replies.) When the 
body dies, what does the soul do ? (Replies.) 
Where does it go? (Replies.) And if it 
has been good while it lived in the body, 
what does God do with it? (Replies.) But 
if it has been wicked, then what does he do 
with it? (Replies.) 

There are some verses that will suit this 
part of your lesson ; you may repeat them. 






INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 35 

"Though I am young, I have a soul 
Can think, and love, and see, 
And while eternal ages roll, 
It will not, can not die. 

For it will soar to worlds on high, 

Where happy spirits dwell, 
Or buried with the wicked lie, 

Low in the depths of hell. 

Pardon me, cleanse me, God of peace 

And let me holy be, 
All dressed, like Christ, in holiness, 

And fit to dwell with thee." 

Our bodies have to die, but the Savior will 
make them alive again, and bring the soul 
back into them. When the Savior makes 
the body alive again, he will so that it will 
not die any more, it will live forever; the 
soul and body will not be parted again, but 
will live together forever. When the body 
is made alive again, and the soul brought 
back into its own body — this is called the 
resurrection. 

Some day, children, what will have to hap- 
pen to our bodies ? (Replies.) But will the 
body and the soul never live together again ? 
Though our bodies have to die, what does 
the Savior tell us he will do for them ? (Re- 
plies.) When the body is made alive again, 
will it ever die any more ? (Replies.) Why 



36 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

not ? (Replies : Because when they are made 
alive again, our bodies are to be made so that 
they will never die.) When the body is made 
alive again, and the soul brought back into 
its own body, what is this called? (Replies.) 
What is the resurrection? (Replies.) After 
the resurrection, will the soul ever have to 
leave the body? (Replies.) Why not? (Re- 
plies : Because when the body is made alive 
again it is to be made so that the soul may 
live in it forever!) 

The Savior tells us that at the last day the 
trumpet of God shall sound, and that all who 
are in their graves shall hear his voice and 
come forth ; that is, come out of their graves 
alive. Yes, no matter where their graves are, 
whether they are in the soft earth, or in the 
hard rock, or in the water, all shall hear the 
voice of the Savior and shall come out of 
their graves ; they that have been good shall 
live with God forever, and they that have 
been wicked shall live with the devil forever. 

When is the trumpet of God to sound? 
(Replies.) When are all who are in. their 
graves to hear the voice of the Savior? (Re- 
plies.) Will it make any difference where 
•their graves are? Will they hear his voice 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL, 37 

just as well in one place as another — whether 
they are in the soft earth, or in the hard 
rock, or in the water? (Replies.) When 
the trumpet of God shall sound, and when 
all who arc in their graves shall hear the 
voice of the Savior, what will happen ? (Re- 
plies : All who are in their graves will come 
out alive.) 

We have told you, children, how you have 
souls as well as bodies ; that your bodies can 
die, and what they are made of; and that 
your souls can not die, and what they are 
made of; but which is worth more than the 
other, your souls or your bodies ? (Replies.) 
Why so ? (Replies.) We have told you how 
our bodies ^vill have to die ; and that the 
Savior tells us they will be made alive again, 
and made so that they will never die; and 
that the soul and body will never part again, 
and will live together forever; but, at what 
time will our bodies be made alive again, and 
the soul brought back in its own body ? (Re- 
plies.) What did we say is called the resur- 
rection ? (Replies : It is when the body is 
made alive again, and the soul brought bach 
in its own body.) We have told you about 
the soul when the body dies, what it does, 



/ 



38 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

and what becomes of it; but then, after the 
resurrection, when the soul and body meets, 
not to part again, to live together forever, 
whom are the good to live with? (Eeplies.) 
How long ? (Replies.) Whom are the wicked 
to live with? (Eeplies.) How long are the 
wicked to live with the devil? (Eeplies.) 
Which of the two, God or Satan, would you 
choose to live with? (Eeplies.) 

You may now sing the first hymn in the 
lesson. 

(The children sing.) 

"There is an hour when I must die " etc. 



LESSON IV.* 

ABOUT THE GOOD ANGELS. 

You know that God lives in heaven ; what 
does he sit upon in heaven? He sits on 
a great white throne. He has no body, for 
he is a spirit. 

Does he live in heaven alone? No; angels 
stand around his throne. 



* Note to Teachers. — The three foregoing lessons are deemed 
sufficient to show the method of teaching the lessons of this 
Manual. The teacher, therefore, in teaching, will now proceed, 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 39 

Who are angels? Angels are spirits. 
They are bright like the sun, but they are 
not so bright as God, for he is brighter than 
the sun. The angels are always looking at 
God, and it is God who makes them shine so 
bright. 

They sing sweet songs about God. They 
say, "How good God is, how wise, how great!" 

There is no night in heaven, for the angels 
are never tired of singing, and they never 
wish to sleep. They are never sick, and they 
will never die. 

They never weep ; there are no tears upon 
their cheeks, but sweet smiles, for angels are 
always happy. 

You may now repeat, as the little verse says : 

" Their faces, like the sun, are bright, 
And sweetest smiles they wear ; 
They never sleep — there is no night, 
Nor need of candle there." 

as occasion may require, to analyze the lessons themselves, by 
interrogating the children on what they have heard, so as to 
bring out the points of instruction to be impressed upon the 
mind. 

Whenever the hymns and verses occur they may not only 
be illustrative, but may be made a pleasing exercise for the 
children. The teacher may at pleasure require the children, 
either sitting or standing, to repeat them in concert ; some- 
times changing the exercise of repeating to that of singing ; 
and sometimes either of those exercises may be accompanied 
with suitable gestures. 



40 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

If the angels were wicked they would be 
unhappy. Wickedness always makes people 
unhappy. Angels are quite good. They 
love God very much, and mind all he says. 
Yes, as the verse says : 

(The children or the teacher repeat.) 

"Around God's throne above, 
The happy angels stand, 
And ever praise the God they love, 
And fly at his command." 

They can fly very quickly. God sends 
them down here to take care of us. They 
are very strong, and can keep us from harm. 
But then they never go any where except when 
God sends them. God is their father. They 
have not two fathers, as you have. The 
angels are the children of God, and live in 
God's house in heaven. 

(Children.) 

"But though the angels live on high, 
They love us men below; 
And hope to see us in the sky, 
In garments white as snow." 

When you mind what your father tells you, 
then whom are you like? You are like the 
angels who mind God.* 

* Peep of Day. Pages 30, 31. 






INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 41 

(Let the children sing or repeat.) 

"I want to be an angel, 

And with the angels stand, 
A crown upon my forehead, 

A harp within my hand; 
There, right before my Savior, 

So glorious and so bright, 
I 'd make the sweetest music, 

And praise him day and night. 

I never should be weary, 

Nor ever shed a tear, 
Nor ever know a sorrow, 

Nor ever feel a fear; 
But blessed, pure, and holy, 

I'd dwell in Jesus' sight, 
And with ten thousand thousand, 

I 'd praise him day and night. 

I know I 'm weak and sinful, 

But Jesus will forgive, 
For many little children 

Have gone to heaven to live. 
Dear Savior, when I languish, 

And lay me down to die, 
0, send a shining angel, 

To bear me to the sky ! 

0, there I '11 be an angel, 

And with the angels stand, 
A crown upon my forehead, 

A harp within my hand; 
And there before my Savior, 

So glorious and so bright, 
I '11 join the heavenly music, 

And praise him day and night." 



42 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 



LESSON V. 

OF THE WICKED ANGELS. 

When did God begin to live in heaven? 
God always lived in heaven. 

Once there were no such little children 
as you; but there always was God. 

No one made God; God was the first of all 
things, and God made every thing. 

A very long while ago God made the 
angels. 

How many angels did he make? No one 
could tell how many. There were more than 
can be counted. They were all good and 
happy. 

But some of the angels became wicked. 
They left off loving God, and grew proud and 
disobedient. 

"Would God let them stay in heaven after 
they sinned? No; he cast them out, and put 
them in chains, and shut them up in hell. 

One of these bad angels was called Satan. 
He was the chief, or prince of the bad 
angels. He is called the devil. The devil 
is very wicked, and hates God. 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 43 

He can never go back to heaven again, but 
he comes here where we live, and other dev- 
ils come also. 

We can not see Satan, because he is a 
spirit; but he is always walking about, and 
trying to make people naughty. 

Satan loves mischief; he does not wish to 
be good. It pleases Satan to see people in 
pain and in tears, but it pleases him best to 
see them wicked, because then he thinks they 
will come and live with him in his dark place. 
He wishes that there should be a great many 
people in hell, so he tries to make us do 
wicked things, and to keep us from praying 
to God.* 

These are some verses, children, which you 
may now learn and sing: 

(The children sing.) 

"There is beyond the sky 

A heaven of joy and love; 
And holy children when they die, 
Go to that world above. 

There is a dreadful hell, 

And everlasting pains; 
There sinners must with devils dwell, 

In darkness, fire, and chains." 



*This and the following lesson we copied from the little 
Lesson VI. Pages 33-36. 



44 INFANT CLASS MANUAL, 



LESSON VI. 

MORE ABOUT SATAN. 

I CAN not tell you how very bad Satan is. 
He is very cruel, for lie likes to give pain. 
He is a liar, and teaches people to tell lies. 
He is proud, and wishes people to mind him 
more than God. He is envious, and can not 
bear to see people happy. 

The devil hopes very much that you will 
come and be with him when you die. He 
knows, that if you are bad like him, you 
will live with him. So he tries to make you 
like himself. When you are in a passion, 
you are like the devil. When you say, "I 
don't care/' you are like the devil. When 
you think yourself good, you are proud, like 
the devil. 

Can God keep you from minding the devil ? 
Yes, he can; God is a great deal stronger 
than Satan. Besides this, God is always near 
you, for God is every-where. Now, Satan 
can not be every-where at the same time. It 
is true that Satan has a great many bad 
j, who . go where he tells them \ and 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 45 

that Satan and his angels come near you very 
often. But God is always with you; he is 
before you and behind you; he is # on every 
side of you; he is about your bed when you 
are asleep, and about your path when you 
walk. Therefore you need not be afraid of 
Satan; only ask God to help you, and he 
will do so. 

Satan is much stronger than you are ; but 
God is stronger than all. If any body were 
to come to hurt you when you were alone, 
you would be frightened ; but if you saw your 
father coming, you would run to him, and 
you would not be frightened any more. Now, 
God is your father ; he can keep Satan from 
hurting you. Pray to him, and say, " 0, 
dear Father, keep me from being wicked, like 
the devil, and from going to hell." 

(Let the following lines be repeated by the class in concert.) 

"Now, if I fight, 
And scratch, and bite, 
In passions fall, 
And bad names call, 
Full well I know 
Where I shall go. 

Satan is glad 
When I am bad, 
And hopes that I 
With him shall lie 



46 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

In fire and chains, 
With dreadful pains. 

All liars dwell 
With him in hell, 
And many more, 
Who cursed and swore, 
And all who did 
What God forbid. 

And I have not 
Done what I ought; 
I am not fit 
With God to sit, 
And angels bright 
All clothed in white. 

I will confess 
My naughtiness; 
And will entreat ' 
For mercy sweet. 
O Lord, forgive, 
And let me live ! 

My body must 
Be turned to dust; 
Then let me fly 
Beyond the sky, 
And see thy face 
In that sweet place.'' 



LESSON VII. 

ABOUT GOD— GOD OR THE BIBLE. 



My dear children, God is a spirit. A spirit 
is one who can think, and love, and see, with- 
out a body. God is from everlasting to ever- 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 47 

lasting; that is, lie has always lived, and will 
never die, therefore he is said to be eternal 
And he is every-where present, and fills every 
place with his Spirit. 

" In the sun, the moon, the sky, 
On the mountain, wild and high, 
In the thunder, in the rain, 
In the wood, the grove, the plain, 
In the little birds which sing, 
God is seen in every thing." 

Yes, children, God is every-where present, 
and he knows every thing ; and he sees every 
thing, and nothing is hid from his sight; 
and every little child may say: 

" I 'm not too young for God to see, 

He knows my name and nature too; 
And all day long he looks at me, 

And sees my actions through and through." 

God tells us about himself, and about his 
mighty acts ; that is, the great things which he 
has done in this world. 

The Bible is the book of God— for Bible 
means book. The Bible is called the Book 
of God, and the Word of God, because he 
caused it to be written. Holy men of old 
wrote it as God moved them by his Spirit. 
The Bible was given to us to make us wise 
and good, holy and happy; and is the best 



48 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

book in the world, for God is its author. 

We may say of the Bible: 

" This is a precious book indeed, 
Happy the child that learns to read; 
'Tis God's own book which he has given, 
To show our souls the way to heaven. 

It tells us how the world was made, 
And how good men the Lord obey'd ; 
Here his commands are written, too, 
To teach us what we ought to do." 



LESSON VIII. 

GOD, OR THE WORLD. 
PART FIRST. 

The first thing the Bible tells us about is 

how God made the world, this large and 

beautiful place where we live. The blue sky 

is spread out like a curtain above our heads, 

and the green grass, sprinkled with flowers, 

is like a carpet under our feet, and the sun 

is in th6 sky to give us light. 

"God made the sky that looks so blue, 
God made the grass so green, 
God made the flowers that smell so sweet, 
In pretty arbors seen. 

God made the sun that shines so bright, 

It rises in the east, 
It comes to give us heat and light, 

And then sets in the west." 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 49 

The Bible tells us God made the world and 
all things therein — water and land, mount- 
ains, hills, and valleys, plants, flowers, trees, 
and fruits, and animals, and man, in six days. 

u God made the cow to give nice milk, 
The horse for us to use; 
I ? 11 treat him kindly for his sake, 
Nor dare his gifts abuse. 

God made the water for my drink, 
God made the fish which swim ; 
God made the trees to bear nice fruit, 
Which does my taste so nicely suit; 
how should I love him !" 

When God made the world he was in heaven 
with all the good angels around him. But 
God is such a great spirit, or being, he can 
see every thing in heaven and earth, all at 
once, Yes, God sees them all at once ; and 
no one can do that, children, but God. Yes, 
he not only sees every thing in heaven and 
earth, but he sees every thing in the sun, 
and moon, and in all the stars, and even in 
hell, all at once. And he knows every thing 
that has been done, and ever will be done; 
he knows what the angels think about, and 
what the devils think, and he knows the 
thoughts of the hearts of all men. He 
Bees and knows all at once, just what 



50 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

angels, and men, and devils are thinking and 
doing. 

" In heaven he smiles with beams of love, 
With wrath in frowns beneath; 
7 T is on his earth I stand and move, 
And 't is his air I breathe. 

His hand is my perpetual guard, 

He keeps me with his eye; 
Why do I then forget the Lord, 

Who is forever nigh?" 



LESSON IX 



^.RT SECOND. 



God is a holy God. He thinks and does 
every thing that is right. And he is wise 
as well as holy, for he knows the best way 
to do the most good. And his power is so 
great he can do whatever he pleases. God 
made the world by the word of his power; 
he spoke and it was done. 

A lady was once writing for children; and 
now, my little ones, I will tell you some- 
thing of what she said. She said, " My dear 
children, I know that you have heard that 
God made the world. Could a man have 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 51 

made the world ? No ; a man could not 
make such a world as this. 

"A man can make many things, such as 
boxes and baskets. Perhaps you know a 
man who can make a box. Suppose you 
were to shut him up in a room which was 
quite empty, and say to him, * You shall not 
come out till you have made a box.' Would 
the man ever come out? No, never. A man 
could not make a box unless he had some- 
thing to make it of. He must have some 
wood, or some tin, or some pasteboard, or 
some other thing. But God had nothing to 
make the world of. He only spoke, and it 
was made. Making things out of nothing is 
called ( creating.' No one can create any 
thing but God. 

" Do you know why God is called the Crea- 
tor? It is because he created all # things. 
There is only one Creator. Angels can not 
create things, nor can men.- They could not 
create one drop of water, nor one little fly." 



52 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 



LESSON X. 

GOD, OR THE WORLD. 
PART THIRD. 

We have said, children, that God made 
the world by the word of his power. I think 
from the last lesson you can now very easily 
see we mean by this that he did not take 
any thing to make it of, but made it out of 
nothing. You know the man who makes a 
box, must have something to make it of; but 
God did not need any thing to make it of, 
for his power is so great he could make it 
just by speaking. 

"All things the mighty Lord 
Created by his word; 
And all his creatures are, 
From worm to brightest star; 
To make one little fly, 
His wonders none can imitate, 
Or out of nothing can create." 

When a man is going to build a house, he 
orders all the things he wants to make it of 
to be brought to the place where it is to be 
built — the brick, the sand, and lime, and 
the timber, that is, the beams, planks, and 
boards; also, the things for the light, the 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 53 

window sashes and glass, and every thing he 
needs — all is brought to the place. 

So, on the first day God created the matter 
of the earth and of the light. He did not 
do any thing, lue just spoke, and every thing 
he wanted to make the world of was made, 
and was altogether in one great mass or lump 
of matter; just, children, as if you were to 
take some earth and water and mix them to- 
gether, and so make the water and earth into 
one mass or lump of soft mud which can be 
divided or put into any. shape or form you 
please. We mean by the matter, that at 
first, when the earth was made, every thing 
was mixed up together; the water and land 
were not divided, and there were no trees nor 
plants, no grass nor flowers; and the light 
was not divided into sun, and moon, and 
stars. 



54 INFANT CLASS MANUAL, 



LESSOJST XI. 

GOD, OR THE WORLD. 
PART FOURTH. 

My dear children, I wish you not to forget 
that God was six days in making the world. 
In the beginning God created the matter of 
the earth and the light. 

"And God said, Let there be light! and 
there was light." 

"And God called the light day, and the 
darkness he called night. And the evening 
and the morning were the first day." 

God made the air. You can not see the 
air, but you can feel it, and sometimes when 
it makes a noise you can hear it, for the air 
is wind. When you look up in the sky you 
can see the clouds. Go'd made them up 
where you see them. The clouds are water, 
and when the water comes down upon the 
earth it is called rain. 

Now by this time, the end of the first day 
or the beginning of the second day, there was 
a great deal of water, there was nothing but 
water to be seen about the earth. 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 55 

So on the second day God made the large 
place or space from the earth, away up to 
where the sun, and moon, and all the stars 
are. And he filled every place with air. He 
divided the waters ; that is, he took some of 
the water which we said was about the earth, 
and made the clouds up in the sky where 
you see them. 

Now, children, when you look up you have 
a beautiful heaven to look at, the sun is 
there, and the moon, and all the stars are 
there, and the clouds are there, and the 
beautiful large place or space between us 
and the heaven is filled with air, and the 
light shines through all. 



LESSON XII. 

GOD, OR THE WOELD. 
PART FIFTH. 

Dear children, I wish you to keep in mind 
that when God was creating on the second 
day, he did not do any thing any more than 
he did on the first, he only spoke, for he 
made every thing by speaking. 

I wish you also to keep in mind, children, 



56 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

that when every thing was ready for God to 
speak the second time, there was a great deal 
of water about the earth, and that there was 
nothing but water to be seen. 

I will now tell you what God said when 
he spoke the second time, for I think by 
this time you can understand something of 
what he said when he spoke. 

" And God said, Let there be a firmament 
in the midst of the waters, and let it divide 
the waters from the waters. And it was so. 
And God called the firmament heaven. And 
the evening and the morning were the second 
day." 

God just spoke, and in the very place 
where the water was, the large, clear place 
you see all above us and around us, was 
made and filled with air, and the clouds were 
in the place as you see them above you 
very high up in the sky. 

The firmament or heaven which God made 
upon the second day, children, is both above 
us and around us, it is the great clear place 
where all the lights are put, the sun, and 
moon, and stars, and where the clouds are; 
and all around us where the air moves and 
the light comes -down upon us. 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 57 

You see, children, what great power there 
is in God's word. When he speaks what 
great things are done ! 



LESSON XIII. 

GOD, OR THE WORLD. 
PART SIXTH. 

We have said, children, that at first the 
world was one great mass of matter like soft 
mud ; and that by the end of the first day 
there was a great deal of water in the world, 
that there was nothing to be seen every- 
where, in the world and about it, but water. 

Now, you know that on the second day 
God divided the waters and made a part of 
it into clouds, still there was no dry land in 
the world. As yet all was water. 

There was, indeed, earth, but then it was 
like grains of sand in water, or, at least, it 
could not be seen for water. 

So God spoke again. He made a very 
large, deep place to hold the water; and he 
gathered the waters into the place which he 
had prepared for them, and the dry land was 
seen. When God spoke he said, "Let the 



58 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

waters under the heaven — that is, the water 
of the world — be gathered together into one 
place, and let the dry land appear; and it 
was so. And God called the dry land earth, 
and the gathering together of the waters he 
called seas." 

The sea, children, is ever rolling up and 
down, and tossing itself about, but it can not 
come out of the place where God has put it, 
for he has said to it, "Stay thou there." 

When God spoke to the water, and said, 
"Let the dry land appear," the waters ran 
down and rushed into the great, deep place 
he had made for it; and now there was dry 
land to grow trees. So God said, "Let the 
earth bring forth grass, and the herb, and 
the fruit tree;" and it was so. 

And the evening and the morning were the 
third day. 



LESSON XIY. 

GOD, OR THE WORLD. 
PART SEVENTH. 

You will remember, children, that on the 
first day God created the matter of the earth 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 59 

and of the light. We have told you how 
God made the world into water and land ; and 
how he covered the earth or land with soft, 
green grass, that had its sweet little flowers 
full of seeds, and caused the trees and the 
plants to come out of the ground ; and how 
he made a place for the air, and the clouds, 
and for the light, which was called the firma- 
ment or heaven. But, as yet, God had not 
divided the light. 

So God spoke again. He made two great 
lights, and put them away up high in the 
firmament, above the clouds, so the light 
could come down, or shine upon our world. 
He made the sun to give us light by day, 
and the moon to give us light by night. He 
made the stars also; so we could always have 
a little light in the earth. Besides, he made 
the great lights to cause Winter, Spring, 
Summer, and Autumn, and so divided our 
time in days and years. 

Now let me tell you what God said when 
he spoke. 

"And God said, Let there be lights in the 
firmament of the heaven to divide the day 
from the night; and let them be for signs, 
and for seasons, and for days, and for years. 



60 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

"And let them be for lights in the firma- 
ment of the heaven to give light upon the 
earth; and it was so. 

"And the evening and the morning were 
the fourth day." 

CHILD. 

"I saw the glorious sun arise, 

O'er yonder mountain gray; 
And as he traveled through the skies, 

The darkness went away; 
And all around me was so bright, 
I wished it would be always light. 

But when his shining course was done, 

The gentle moon drew nigh, 
And stars came twinkling, one by one, 

Upon the shady sky. 
Who made the sun to shine so far, 
The moon, and every twinkling star? 

MAMMA. 

'Twas God, my child, who made them all, 

By his almighty skill; 
He keeps them, that they do not fall, 

And guides them as he will; 
That glorious God, who lives afar, 
In heaven beyond the highest star.' 1 

Jane Taylor. 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 61 

LESSON XY. 

GOD, OE, THE WORLD. 
PART EIGHTH. 

We have said, children, that God made the 
world, and all things therein, in six days. 
On the first day he created the matter of the 
earth and of the light; and on the second 
day he created the firmament, or heaven ; and 
on the third day he made the sea and dry 
land, and caused the trees, plants, and vege- 
tables to come forth ; and on the fourth day 
he made the sun, moon, and stars. 

The world was now finished, and every 
thing about it was very beautiful. But as 
yet there was not a creature in it that had 
life and breath and could move, neither on 
the land nor in the water. Yes, 

" When God first clothed the earth with green, 
And sprinkled it with flowers, 
There were no living creatures seen 
Within its pleasant bowers." 

But God spoke again. Yes, and 

" Soon by his word God filled the earth, 
And waters underneath, 
With things above the plants in worth, 
That feel, and move, and breathe." 



62 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

Now, children, I will tell you you what 

God said when he spoke: "God said, Let the 

waters bring forth abundantly the moving 

creatures that hath life, and fowl that fly in 

the open firmament of heaven. And God 

created great whales, and every living creature 

that moveth, which the water brought forth 

abundantly after his kind, and every winged 

fowl after his kind. And God blessed the 

fishes in the waters and the fowls on the 

land. And the evening and the morning 

were the fifth day." 

11 The fishes, covered o'er with scales, 
In ocean swiftly glide; 
With their vast tails the wondrous whales 
Scatter the waters wide. 

The birds among the branches sing, 

And chirps the nightingale; 
The peacock shines with painted wing, 

The dove does softly wail." 



a ^ 

LESSON XYL 

GOD, OR THE WORLD. 
PART NINTH. 



On the fifth day, as you know, dear chil- 
dren, God spoke to the waters, and all kinds 
of fowls or birds, and all kinds of fish we-e 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 63 

created. Some- of the fish were very small, 
and some were very large, such as the 
whale — the whale . is very large. But God 
made the other living creatures, the fowls to 
be more beautiful than the fishes; when God 
spoke all sorts of birds, of all sizes, from 
very small ones to very large ones, like the 
eagle, came out of the water; they flew out 
of the water, children, covered with beautiful 
feathers, of all colors, and perched upon the 
trees, and sang among the branches, and so 
filled the air with their music. 

The fish were made to move and live in the 
water, and the birds were made to move in 
the air and live among the trees on the 
land. 

You see, children, there were no living 
creatures of any sort for the dry land. 

So God spoke to the earth, and this is what 
he said : 

" Let the earth bring forth the living crea- 
ture, cattle, and creeping things, and beasts 
of the earth : and it was so." 

When God spoke, all kinds of beasts and 
cattle — that is, animals that walk on four 
feet — such as the lion, the cow, the sheep, 
and horse, came out of the ground, and the 



64 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

creeping thing, also — that is, all kinds of in- 
sects — such as worms, and ants, and bees, 
that creep or crawl upon the earth. 

Yes, when God spoke, and in the power 
of his word, 

"The beasts tread firmly on the ground;" 
and 

" Insects with humming fill the air, 
And sparkle in the sun." 

God had now filled the world, the air, the 

waters, and the land with living creatures — 

birds, fishes, beasts, and insects. 

"Pleasure the whole creation fills: 
They leap, they swim, they fly; 
They skim the plains, they climb the hills, 
Or in the valleys lie." 

These creatures and animals moved and 
breathed; and God said they were all good; 
God was good to them, he fed them every 
day, and keeps them alive. 

11 With herbs for food the Lord provides 
His numerous family; 
The lion with the lamb abides, 
The dove and hawk agree." 

But then, children, not one of these living 
creatures that God had made had a soul like 
you. They all have bodies, but no souls. 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 65 



LESSON XVII. 

THE TRIUNE GOD— THE WORLD, OR THE CREATION 
OF MAN. 

PART TENTH. 

The Bible tells us, dear children, there is 
but one God, the Father, the Son, and the 
Holy Spirit; these three are one God. God 
is good, he provides for the happiness of all 
his creatures. Yes, he never changes; he is 
the same God yesterday, to-day, and forever, 
always good and holy. 

Now, as you have seen, children, from all 
that we have told you, although God had 
been so good to the animals which he had 
made, for he made them good, and gave them 
bodies to make them happy, and provided food 
for them for every day, and kept them alive, 
yet they had no souls; so they could not 
think of God, nor even thank him for all his 
goodness to them. 

You see, children, there was not one liv- 
ing creature in all the world who knew any 
thing about God. There was not one of all the 

living creatures, either insect, beast, fish, or 

5 



66 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

fowl who could look out upon the beautiful 
earth, and up to the blue sky, upon the 
glorious sun, and then look up to God and 
thank and praise him for his great works, 
and for all his goodness. 

So, God spoke again. But he did not 
speak as he had done before, when he made 
the creatures, or animals, which had no souls. 
He did not speak to the earth, nor to the 
water. He spoke to himself. He said, " Let 
us make man. God created man in his own 
image and likeness. He formed his body 
from the dust of the earth, and breathed into 
his nostrils the breath of life, and man be- 
came a living soul." That is, God, in the act 
of breathing into the nostrils of man, gave 
man an immortal soul, or a spirit that would 
never die. A soul or spirit, children, is that 
within us, that thinks when our eyes are 
shut, and when our bodies are asleep. 

" Though I am young I have a soul, 
Can think, and love, and see ; 
And while eternal ages roll. 
It will not, can not die." 



INEANT CLASS MANUAL. 67 



LESSON XVIII. 

GOD, OR THE WORLD AND THE DOMINION OF MAN- 
GOD, OR THE REST. 

PART ELEVENTH. 

God created one man and one woman. 
And God said, "Let them have dominion;" 
that is 3 let them be the head, and have power 
over the fish of the sea, and over the fowl 
of the air, and over the cattle, and over all 
the earth, and over every creeping thing that 
creepeth upon the earth." 

And God blessed them, and gave them the 
fruit of the trees for their food ; God gave 
them the earth for their home, and he gave 
them every thing that he had made on the 
earth, and all the living creatures for their use. 
There are some verses about this earth, as 
our home. You may now learn and say 
them: 

" To our great Creator, our Father in heaven, 
We will render our thanks for this home he has 

given; 
His goodness has kept us — his bounty and care 
Have crowned with rich blessings each swift-roll- 
ing year. 
Home, home, sweet, sweet home, 
This beautiful planet, this earth is our home. 



68 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

And when all our days will be ended below, 
To a far happier world may each one of us go, 
To our dear heavenly home of our Father above, 
Where his children shall ever rejoice in his love. 
Home, home, sweet, sweet home, 
May that be our home, our glorious home I" 

"And God saw every thing that lie had 
made, and, behold it was very good. And the 
evening and the morning were the sixth day." 

On the seventh day, children, Grod did not 
create or make any thing, for on that day he 
rested from all his work. On the seventh 
day the heavens and the earth, and all his 
works were finished: so he blessed the sev- 
enth da/, and set it apart for a day of rest. 
And he said it should be a day of rest for- 
ever. The seventh day, then, is the Lord's, 
because on that day he rested from the work 
of creating, and it is called the Sabbath. 

" This day belongs to God alone, 
He chooses Sunday for his own, 
And we must neither work nor play, 
Because it is God's holy day. 
'T is well to have one day in seven 
For us to learn the way to heaven. 

let us love this blessed day, 

And turn from sin, and read &nd pray; 

And every Sabbath should be passed 

As if we knew it were our last. 

For what would dying sinners give 

To have one Sabbath more to live ?" 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 69 



LESSON XIX. 

MAN, OR ADAM AND EVE. 
PART FIRST. 

The Bible tells us, children, that man's 
body was formed from the dust of the earth, 
and that his spirit came from God, as we 
told you in the last lesson. And I will now 
tell you something more of what God has 
told us in his Word, about the creation of 
man. 

God made man in his own image and like- 
ness, good, holy, and happy. That is, men 
were not like what they are now, who have 
no religion, wicked in their hearts, wicked in 
their heads, and wicked in their actions, but 
they were good. So God, the Holy Spirit, 
could live in man's heart. And because his 
heart was full of the love of God, he was 
both good and holy, or religious. He always 
acted right, and pleased God in every thing, 
in all his thoughts, and words, and actions; 
and loved God more than any thing else — 
he loved God better than the world, or any 
of the things which God had given him. 



70 TNFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

And because he was good and had religion, 
he was happy. You know people who are 
wicked and have no religion are very un- 
happy. They do not feel right, they are 
dissatisfied in their hearts with themselves, 
they feel as if there was something wrong; 
so they are not pleased with any thing they 
have, and do not like God's ways, and are 
always wanting something that they have not 
got. 

There were just two persons on the earth 
at first, one man and one woman. God made 
the man first, and afterward he made the 
woman. God caused a deep sleep to come 
upon the man, and then, while the man was 
asleep, he took out one of his ribs; and out 
of that rib God made the woman. 

The man was called Adam, because his 
body was taken from the earth. God brought 
the animals which he had made to Adam, 
and he gave them names. And Adam called 
his wife Eve, because she was the mother of 
all living. 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 71 



LESSON XX. 

THE GARDEN OF EDEN, OK. ADAM AND EVE. 

PART SECOND. 
i 

God placed Adam and Eve in a beautiful 
garden, called "Eden," where there were all 
kinds of fruits, and flowers, and trees, and 
rivers of water, but no weeds, nor thorns, nor 
thistles. There were pretty birds and ani- 
mals there also. 

God told Adam to take care of the garden. 
God came into the garden every day, and 
talked with Adam and Eve like a friend. 
He loved them because they were good and 
holy, and loved God. And as long as they 
obeyed God they were happy. When God 
had finished his work of creating, he looked 
over all his works, and said every thing that 
he had made was good. The earth, with her 
green grass, and trees, and rivers, was beau- 
tiful. The sky, with its sun, moon, and stars, 
was glorious ; the air was sweet and pure ; 
the animals, birds, fishes, beasts, and insects 
were pretty and good, and the garden was 
lovely; yet there was none of all the crea- 



72 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

tures that God had made but man that had a 
soul, and could think of God, and had a 
heart to love him, and a tongue to speak his 
praise. 

Man, then, was the best of all God's works, 
and was loved the most. 



LESSON XXI. 

GOD— MAN: HIS IMMORTALITY, OR THE TREE OF 
LIFE— GOD'S LAW, OR THE TREE OF KNOWL- 
EDGE OF GOOD AND EVIL. 

PART THIRD. 

God is a just God, he gives to every one 
that which is right they should have. God 
is also a true God, he tells us of things just 
as they are, and shall be. All God's words 
are true. 

God formed man for happiness ; and gave 
him his holy law to tell him what to do, so 
that he could be always happy and please 
God. Happy in his body, happy in his soul, 
happy in his God, he was happy in every 
thing which God had given to him, and loved 
to do the things that God told him he must 
do. God made his soul and body so they 






INFANT CLASS MANUAL. , 73 

could be happy, and live right on and on, 
both soul and body, without dying, if he 
obeyed God and kept his commandments. 

Now, there was one tree in the Garden of 
Eden called " the Tree of Life," and as long 
as Adam and Eve obeyed God and kept his 
commandments, God let them eat of this tree 
and live forever. By eating, then, of the 
Tree of Life, their bodies were kept from 
dying. 

But, children, there was another tree in 
the Garden of Eden, called, "the Tree of the 
Knowledge of Good and Evil," of which the 
Lord God commanded the man, saying, "Of 
the fruit of every tree of the garden thou 
mayest freely eat; but of the fruit of the 
tree of the Knowledge of Good and Evil 
thou shalt not eat of it, for in the day thou 
eatest of it thou shalt surely die." 

This commandment, children, was the Law 
that God gave to Adam and Eve, and while 
they kept this law they were happy indeed. 
They did not wish to break the law God had 
made, for they loved God and delighted to 
obey him. They knew that God loved them 
and was their friend. 



74 INFANT CLASS MANUAL, 



LESSON XXII. 

THE TEMPTER ; OR, ADAM AND EVE, AND THEIR SIN. 
PART FOURTH. 

Dear children, we have told you that 
Adam and Eve loved God, and loved to obey 
him. But, children, there was one who did 
not love God, and, as you will remember, that 
was Satan. He hated God, and was his 
enemy, because God was holy. And he 
hated and envied Adam and Eve, because 
God loved them, and because they were so 
much like God, and were so happy ; so he 
thought he would try to get them away from 
God — he would persuade them to be disobe- 
dient to God ; and in this way he would 
bring them, and all their children, into sin 
and misery ; and he would have them for his 
own. 

Now, Satan did not wish to let Adam and 
Eve see who he was, so he came into the 
garden in the shape of a serpent, and talked 
with Eve. He asked her why she did not 
eat of the fruit of the Tree of the Knowledge 
of Good and Evil ? She told him God had 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 75 

said, if they ate of it they should surely die.- 
Then he told her that to eat of that tree 
would make her wise like God, and that she 
would not die, as God had said. Eve listened 
to what he said, and looked at the fruit. 

Now, as Eve looked at the fruit, she 
thought it was good, and she thought she 
would like to have some of it. So she took 
of the fruit and ate some of it, and gave 
some to her husband, and he did eat of it. 

Adam and Eve ought not to have listened 
to Satan, because he contradicted the God of 
truth, and made him out a liar. They ought 
to have believed God. They ought to have 
resisted Satan, and driven him away immedi- 
ately out of the garden, and not let him be 
there one moment. 

To do that which God forbids us to do, 
children, is sin. When Adam and Eve ate 
the forbidden fruit they became sinners ; so 
God took the Holy Spirit away out of their 
hearts, for God could not let his Holy Spirit 
stay in a heart that was full of sin. And 
now they were not like God, holy and happy, 
but they were like Satan, and had wicked 
hearts. 

Adam and Eve felt themselves guilty of 



76 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

disobedience to God and were ashamed. And 
now that they did not love God as they had 
done, they were afraid of him, and did not 
wish to see him, and hid themselves among 
the trees of the garden. 

I think, children, you can see from this 
what it is to have a sOul that can not die, 
and yet be dead in trespasses and sins. The 
souls of Adam and Eve were now dead ; for 
in the act of eating the forbidden fruit they 
let Satan come into their hearts, and lost God 
out of their souls. 

This kind of death, children, is called 
spiritual death, because the soul leaves God 
and takes Satan for its master. 



LESSON XXIII. 

GOD— GOD, OR ADAM AND EVE— THE SERPENT CURSED. 
PART FIFTH. 

After Adam and Eve had eaten of the 
forbidden fruit, the Lord God came into the 
garden, in the cool of the day, just as he had 
done at other times. 

Now, as he was walking in the garden to pay 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 77 

tliem a visit, they hid themselves, for, as you 
know, from our last lesson, they knew they 
had done what Grod had forbidden them to 
do, and were ashamed, and did not wish to 
see God. 

Now, as they were not to be seen, and 
were not in their places, ready to see the 
Lord when he came, the Lord called them, 
saying, "Adam, where art thou?" and Adam 
answered and said, "I was afraid and hid 
myself." 

Then the Lord .asked him if he had eaten 
of the forbidden tree? And Adam confessed 
his fault, but laid the blame on the woman, 
and said, "The woman whom thou gavest to 
be with me, she gave me of the tree, and I 
did eat." 

Then the Lord said to the woman, "What 
is this that thou hast done?" and the woman 
answered and said, " The serpent beguiled me 
and I did eat;" that is, he deceived me, or 
made me believe a lie. 

Then the Lord cursed the serpent, and 
told Satan what would he done to him, and 
punished Adam and Eve. 



78 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 



LESSON XXIV. 

GOD, OR THE PUNISHMENT OF ADAM AND EVE. 
PART SIXTH. 

God can not let sin go unpunished. Sin 
must be punished in some way. 

We have said, children, that God punished 
Adam and Eve. Yes, God told them what 
trouble they should have. He said they 
should have pain and sickness, especially Eve ; 
and that the ground should be cursed, and 
bring forth thorns and thistles, and that 
man should work hard to get his bread, 
and eat it in sorrow while life should last; 
and that, at the last, he should return to the 
ground from which he was taken ; that is, 
his body which was taken from the dust, was 
to turn into dust again. 

And now the Lord God would not permit 
Adam and Eve to live in the beautiful gar- 
den any more, so he drove them both out of 
the garden, and put angels at the door of the 
garden, with a flaming sword, which turned 
every way, to keep them from ever going 
back into the garden, and from getting to the 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 79 

Tree of Life again ; for their bodies were to 
die and turn into dust again. If they ate of 
the Tree of Life that tree would keep their 
bodies from dying. 

" No more shall Eve or Adam stay 
Within that garden fair ; 
An angel stands to guard the way, 
That none may enter there. 

Yet murmur not, wretched pair, 

Against the Lord most high; 
He made you happy, great, and fair, 

And warned you not to die." 



LESSON XXV. 

GOD, OK THE PEOMISE— GOD, OR THE OVERTHROW OF 
SATAN— ADAM AND EVE COMFORTED. 

PART SEVENTH. 

"Father, how great thy love to man, 
To send thy Son from high? 
How great thy love, glorious Son, 
To come, and bleed, and die!" 

The Bible tells us, dear children, that God 
is not only a just God, and a true God, but 
that he is also a merciful God. He does 
good to the wicked, and saves them if they 
repent and believe in the Savior of the world. 

Dear children, let us thank and praise the 



80 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

Lord God from our very hearts for his mercy 
to us. 

But, before the Lord sent Adam and Eve 
out of the garden of Eden, he showed great 
pity for them. He spoke kindly to them, and 
gave them some comfort by giving them a 
promise. He said the seed of the woman 
should bruise the serpent's head. • The per- 
son meant by the seed of the woman, chil- 
dren, was the Lord Jesus — and to bruise was 
to conquer. And the one meant by the ser- 
pent was Satan — and the serpent's head was 
Satan's power. And when the promise says, 
" The seed of the woman shall bruise the 
serpent's head," it means that the power of 
Satan shall be overthrown, or destroyed, by 
the Lord Jesus. 

Yes, Adam and Eve sinned, and deserved 
to be sent, not only out of the garden, but 
they deserved to be sent away from God, 
where they could never walk and talk with 
him any more, nor have his Holy Spirit in 
their hearts again, and to be forever miserable. 
Yet God cared for their poor souls, and he 
cared for their poor bodies, too : he promised 
them a blessed Savior, who would come and 
die for them; so he forgave them their sins, 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 81 

and made clothes for them of the skins of 
animals. 

We look at Adam and Eve, children, as 
they stand in the presence of God. 

They have broken God's commandment, 
and expect to die. They are sinners. You 
see how helpless they are; they can not do 
any thing to save themselves. God is talk- 
ing to them. He loves them. He is merci- 
ful to them. 

" And now lie kindly promises 
To wash your sins away, 
And let you taste of happiness, 
-Which never shall decay. 

This promise, too, will cost him dear, 

But, 0, his love is great; 
His only Son must suffer here, 

And die mid scorn and hate."* 



LESSON XXYI. 

ADAM AND EVE, OR PARADISE LOST— ADAM AND 
EVE, OR A SAVIOR. 

PART EIGHTH. 

" Adam and Eve in Eden lived, 
A garden sweet and fair; 
Their Maker's presence they enjoyed, 
And every good was there. 

One tree that in the garden stood, 
God hade them not to take; 
6 



82 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

But, 0, to eat the fruit they dared, 
And his commandment brake. 

Then did the Lord his angel send, 
And drove them from the place; 

Then sinful man in grief did spend 
All his remaining days. 

let me never, never dare 

To disobey the Lord, 
And even now my heart prepare 

To learn his holy Word." 

It is true, children, our first parents had 
to leave their happy home which God, their 
Father, and their Friend, had given to them; 
the home where they did not have to work 
hard to get their food and clothes. They did 
not have to put seed and plants in the 
ground, as our farmers do now, to grow grain, 
and trees, and vegetables, for food; for every 
thing they had need of grew in the garden, 
just as God had commanded it to grow. 
They had nothing to do to make their food 
grow; all they had to do was to gather it 
and eat it. Neither did they have to make 
any clothes, for before they sinned they did 
not need clothes. All they had to do 
was to take good care of every thing God 
had given them. They never had any pain 
nor sickness, nor trouble of any kind. Every 
thing they did was a pleasure to them; and 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 83 

they had the best company there was in 
heaven or earth, for the great King of heaven 
and of the whole world came to see them 
every day. Their Eden home was so full of 
pleasure, and no trouble, it was called a para- 
dise. 

But, then, before they left this home of 
joy and love, where all was happiness; even 
the animals, children, were tame; none of 
them were wild, as they are now, for God 
made them good: 

" The lion and the lamb abides, 
The dove and hawk agree ; 

In all the woods no sound of strife 

Or piteous groans arise, 
None takes away his fellow's life, 

And none expiring dies" — 

we say, children, that before they had to 
leave their home where there was no sor- 
row, no pain, no sickness, no death, they 
had some comfort in their hearts. But 
now they had to go out and work hard 
to get food and clothing, and have many 
troubles and sorrows, and at last their 
bodies were to die, and be buried in the 
ground, whence they would turn into dust 
again ; but they had a Savior to trust in, who 
was to come into the world to die to save 



84 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

them. They knew that their sins were for- 
given, and their souls saved from death; 
that is, the death which sin causes, for you 
know the soul can not die, but will live for- 
ever — sin takes the soul from God. 



LESSON XXVII. 

SATAN AND OUR FIRST PARENTS, OR THE DISAPPOINT- 
MENT. 

PART NINTH. 

Dear children, Satan was now greatly dis- 
appointed, as you may suppose ; for the Lord 
told him, in the promise which he gave to 
our first parents, "The seed of the woman 
shall bruise the serpent's head," that his 
power was to be overthrown. He knew from 
this promise there would be one day a child 
born who would destroy all his power. He 
knew now there was one who would come 
into the world to save Adam and Eve, and 
that he would not get them . or any of their 
children, who might be born into the world, 
and should be saved by the Savior who was to 
come, as he had hoped, when he came into 
the garden of Eden, in the body of an ani- 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 85 

mal, to deceive Eve, and contradicted the 
God of truth, and tried to bring them into 
sin and misery with himself. 

" God, unto thee I '11 lift my prayer, 
He'll hear an infant's cry; 
' Save me, God, lest I shall share 
In Satan's misery!'" 



LESSON XXVIII. 

SATAN AND OUR FIRST PARENTS, OR THE DISAP- 
POINTMENT. 

PART TENTH. 

When Satan and his angels first sinned in 
heaven, and tried to be greater than God, 
God cast him, and all the angels who sinned 
with him, out of heaven, and put them in the 
place of punishment which the Bible calls 
"hell." 

And now Satan tried to be king again. He 
did not try this time to be king over God, 
for God had conquered him and cast him out 
of heaven. But he tried to be the king of 
this world. He thought if he could only get 
Adam and Eve to disobey God, then he 
would be their king instead of God. As he 
hated God, and was his enemy, he would 



86 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

ruin the very best of all God's works in 
this world, and bring them under his power 
and control, and be the head or prince of 
this world. 

Satan knew that Adam and Eve had a 
spirit in them that would never die. And 
he knew that the Tree of Life kept their 
bodies from dying, and that they were made 
to live forever. But he knew too, right well, 
if they broke the commandment of God, that 
they would be immediately dead in sin, and 
that was just what he wanted them to be ; 
for he knew if he could only persuade them 
to disobey God, and become sinners like him- 
self, then they would belong to him. 

Satan enticed Adam and Eve away from 
God; he persuaded them to believe they would 
not die as God had said, and that they would 
be wise like God, and in this way brought 
them under his own power. Now he was 
sure they were his; he thought he had them 
soul and body forever. He thought, too, as 
Adam and Eve belonged to him, he would 
have all their children, and that he was now 
the God of this world, and that all the peo- 
ple would serve him instead of the God of 
both heaven and earth. 



INFANT GLASS MANUAL. 87 



LESSON XXIX. 

SATAN AND OUR FIRST PARENTS, OR THE DISAP- 
POINTMENT. 

PART ELEVENTH. 

Dear children, Adam and Eve let Satan 
come into their hearts, and now Satan thought 
all was right, that he was now the god and 
prince of this world, and that he would be 
the head one of the people of this earth, as 
well as the prince chief of the wicked angels 
in hell. But then Satan does not know every 
thing. He was soon disappointed, for he 
knew from the promise that he had already 
lost our first parents. He knew there would 
now be another Prince, who would one day 
take the world all away from him and give it 
back to God. And that great Prince or 
King, children, is the Lord Jesus. 

The promise has told Satan that the Lord 
Jesus will overthrow all his power, but he is 
still trying to get souls from God, and to 
keep this world from the Lord Jesus. Satan 
may try to keep the world in his own power, 
but he can not conquer ; for the Savior of 



88 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

the world is God as well as man, and no one 
on earth or in hell, or in heaven itself, can 
be greater than God. 

My dear little ones, when you are trying 
to be good, and love the Lord Jesus, and try 
to get others to do the same, you are little 
soldiers, fighting for the Lord Jesus in the 
great battle against Satan. 

"0 ! do not be discouraged, 

For Jesus is your friend ; 
! do not be discouraged, 

For Jesus is your friend. 
He will give you grace to conquer, 
He will give you grace to conquer, 

And keep you to the end. 

CHORUS. 

I am glad I'm in this army, 
Yes, I'm glad I'm in this army, 
Yes, I'm glad I'm in this army, 
And I'll battle for the Lord. 

Fight on, ye little soldiers, 

The battle you shall win ; 
Fight on, ye little soldiers, 

The battle you shall win. 
For the Savior is your captain, 
For the Savior is your captain, 

And he has conquered sin. 

Chorus. — I am glad I'm in this army, etc. 

And when the conflict's over, 

Before him you shall stand; 
And when the conflict's over, 

Before him you shall stand. 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 89 

You shall sing his praise forever, 
You shall sing his praise forever, 
In Canaan's happy land. 

Chorus. — I am glad I'm in this army, etc. 



LESSON XXX.* 

ADAM AND EYE—THE REVIEW. 
PART FIRST. 

You know, children, God told Adam and 
Eve if they should eat of the forbidden fruit, 
or ever touch it with the intention of eating 
it, they would die. I think from all that we 
have told you, you can now see how very 
true God's words were; for their souls did 
die, and were dead in sin, and their bodies 
had the seeds of death in them ; for sin made 
them have pain and sickness, and caused their 
bodies to die. Their bodies as well as their 
souls had death in them, and after awhile 
would die and turn into dust again. 

At first God made them good and holy. 
They were good in their souls and good in 



*Note. — The following ten lessons have been left without 
hymns and verses, which may be supplied by the teacher at 
pleasure. 



90 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

their bodies. They were good in their hearts; 
we mean by this, they were good in every 
thing they loved, and did not love any thing 
but what it was right they should love ; and 
they were good in their thoughts, also, and 
did not think about any thing but what was 
right for them to think about; so you see 
they were good both soul and body, 'and did 
not think, speak, or do any thing wrong. 
But besides this, they were holy. Now, we 
mean by their being holy, that they had 
God's Holy Spirit in their hearts, and this 
was religion, and made them very happy. 
They were good and religious. 

Their souls were like a sheet of beautiful 
white paper, pure and clean. There were no 
spots of sin of any kind to be seen on them, 
they were so good and happy, they looked 
like God, and were his children. 

But, children, just as a person would take 
a sheet of clean white paper and blot it all 
over with ink, and make it unclean, black, 
and ugly, and so ruin the paper, the devil 
came in his wickedness in the shape of an 
animal, and got Eve to listen to him; and 
then when he got into Eve's heart he de- 
ceived Adam, and got him to listen to him; 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 91 

and so Adam and Eve let their souls be all 
blotted over and defiled with sin, and were 
made unclean, and became wicked like Satan 
himself. 

You see now, children, how the devil de- 
ceived them, and afterward they could not 
get away from him, nor wash out the stains 
of sin from their souls, any more than the 
sheet of white paper blotted with ink could 
make itself clean and white again. They 
left God, and were altogether lost, and could 
not by themselves get back to God, for they 
now had wicked hearts and could not wash 
sin out of them, nor make them good again. 



o- 



LESSON XXXI. 

ADAM AND EVE, OK THE KEVIEW. 
PART SECOND. 

Dear children, you see that our first 
parents were lost from God, and had wicked 
hearts. A wicked heart is one that has no 
love for God in it; and loves things which 
it is wicked to love. A person who has a 
wicked heart is proud, and gets angry, and 



92 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

does not even like to think about God. A 
person who has a wicked heart likes to please 
himself, but does not like to please God. 
Wicked persons do not care for God, and 
think and act just as they please, and are 
always breaking God's commandments. 

You see, then, how Satan had Adam and 
Eve in his power, and that they could not 
get away from him. But then, children, you 
can see, too, that it was their own fault, for 
they listened to Satan, and when they listened 
to Satan they believed him, and so disobeyed 
God. 

Now, there was but one way that God 
could wash their souls from sin, and make 
their hearts good again, and give them his 
Holy Spirit in their hearts, and make them 
happy, and so get them to leave Satan and 
come back to God ; and that way was to give 
them a Savior, who would come into the 
world and die for them. This Savior was 
the Lord Jesus Christ, the Son of God. And 
if they would be sorry for what they had 
done, and would trust in this Savior to save 
them, then God could forgive them. But if 
God had not pleased to give them a Savior — 
for they did not deserve one — then they 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 93 

were forever lost; they could never do any 
thing to make their own hearts good, and 
get away from Satan; they would be forever 
like Satan, a wicked spirit. But how God 
pitied them ! 

" The Father said the Son should die ; 
The Son replied, 'I will!'" 

The Bible tells us, "God so loved the 
world that he gave his Son to die, that who- 
soever believeth on him should not perish, 
but have everlasting life." 



LESSON XXXII. 

THE SERPENT— ADAM AND EVE, OR THE REVIEW. 

PART THIRD. 

Dear children, the Bible tells us that the 
animal in which Satan hid himself when he 
deceived our first parents, was one which was 
more subtile than any of the beasts of the 
field which' the Lord God had made ; that is, 
it was cunning and artful. 

It seems that this animal could talk, for it 
talked with Eve. And it seems, too, that it 
was one that did not walk like any of the 



94 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

other beasts, on four feet, nor crawled like 
any of the insects ; for when God punished it, 
he said, u Because thou hast done this, thou 
art cursed above all cattle, and above every 
beast of the field; upon thy belly shalt thou 
go; dust shalt thou eat all the days of thy 
life." 

We have said, children, that when our first 
parents ate the forbidden fruit, and so were 
lost from God, and fell into the hands of Sa- 
tan, that it was their own fault. It is true 
they might not have known that it was Satan 
that was making the animal say what it did, 
to get them to disobey God; for he had hid 
himself in the animal, and they could not see 
him. 

But, then, as the animal at first was good — 
for you know that every thing that God made 
was good — even though they did not know any 
thing of Satan, they could very easily see that 
it was not good now, for it was contradicting 
what God had said, and was trying to make 
him out a liar. 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 95 



LESSON XXXIII. 

THE SERPENT— ADAM AND EVE, OR THE REVIEW. 
PART FOURTH. 

My dear children, I think you can see for 
yourselves, how very wrong and wicked it 
was for Adam and Eve to listen to what the 
animal said, even if they did not know any 
thing about Satan. As soon as it began to 
say what it did about their Father God, who 
had created them, and made them so happy, 
and had given them such a beautiful home, 
and also had given them power over all the 
beasts and creeping things of the earth, and over 
all the birds and fishes, and over all the things 
of the earth, they ought to have put a stop to 
its talk, and sent it away from them at once; 
and by doing so they might have sent Satan 
away also. They ought not to have believed 
what an animal would say, though it had been 
good once, when God had warned them not 
even to touch the tree, lest they should die. 

Yes, children, Adam and Eve ought to 
have put a stop to the talk of the animal 
the very moment he tried to get them to 



96 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

break the commandment of God. You know 
God had given them great power over all the 
living creatures that he had made; but if 
they found that their power was not great 
enough to stop the animal from tempting 
them to disobey God, then they should have 
told the Lord about it: and, as the Lord can 
see every thing, and knows every thing, and 
has such great power, that he can do just 
what he pleases, the Lord would have told 
them who it was that was making the animal 
talk as it did; and he would have helped 
them to resist Satan, and to conquer both 
Satan and the animal. 

I think, children, you can see for yourselves, 
how it was, when Adaui and Eve listened to 
Satan, they were altogether to blame for do- 
ing so. They had no one to blame but 
themselves. 

Dear little ones, whenever Satan tempts 
you to think or say, or do any thing that is 
wrong or wicked, go immediately to God 
your Father and your Friend, who loves you 
very much, and tell him all about it, and he 
will help you out of your trouble. 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 97 



LESSON XXXIY. 

ADAM AND EVE AND THEIR GREAT FAMILY, OE THE 
REVIEW. 

PART FIFTH. 

Dear children, all the people of the world, 
that is, all the people of the world who ever 
have lived, and all the people who are living 
now, and the people who ever will live, make 
one great family of brothers and sisters ; -and 
the father and mother of this great family 
were Adam and Eve. 

God gave Adam and Eve, and their great 
family, this world for their home. And, as 
we have told you, God made the world, and 
every thing in it, very beautiful and good. 
And God himself paid a visit to this world 
every day, and walked and talked with his 
children. So there was every thing in this 
world for the happiness, the pleasure, and 
the comfort of our first parents, and all their 
children, that they could ask for, or ever wish 
to have. 

If our first parents had always obeyed 
God, and had never sinned, then they would 



98 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

always have been as the angels are in heaven, 
who have always obeyed God, good and 
happy; and these children would have been 
like themselves, good and happy. 

Now, just as children look like their 
parents, their father and mother, if Adam 
and Eve had always been good and holy, like 
their Father, God, then all the children of 
their great family would have looked like 
them — good, and holy, and happy. But 
when Adam and Eve disobeyed God, and 
brought themselves into sin and misery, and 
were like Satan — wicked — then all the chil- 
dren of their great family were like them- 
selves — had sinful hearts, and were very un- 
happy, and very miserable. 

I think you can now see how it was that 
by the disobedience of the first man, Adam, 
our first parents, and every one of the chil- 
dren of their great family, were lost from 
God, and came to be in the hands of Satan. 

The Word of God tells us there are none 
good; no, not one, and it tells us, too, that 
all the people of the world have sinned 
against God, and deserve to be lost forever. 

Like Satan, we have thought things about 
God that were not true, just such things as 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 99 

Satan thought when he talked to Eve. Be- 
sides, we have said and done things which we 
knew were very wrong and sinful, and so, 
like Adam and Eve, have done that which 
God in his Word has told us we must not do. 
And by doing what God has told us we must 
not do, we have all sinned against God ; we 
have disobeyed him, and have broken his 
commandments, and deserve to be lost for- 
ever. 



o- 



LESSON XXXV. 

ADAM AND EVE AND THE SINLESS PERFECTION OF 
THE SAVIOR, OR THE REVIEW. 

PART SIXTH. 

Dear children, we have told you from the 
Word of God, the Bible, how it was that our 
first parents, and all their children, were lost 
from God, in sin and misery, and came to be 
in the hands of Satan, and lost their home, 
and can not have the Tree of Life to keep 
their bodies from dying; that because of sin 
all have to die, and leave this world, their 
beautiful home, and all the things which God, 
their Heavenly Father, has given them. 



100 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

We told you, also, that although Adam 
and Eve brought themselves and their great 
family into sin and misery, and that both 
they and their children deserve to die, for 
that all have disobeyed God, and have broken 
his commandments, yet such was the pity 
and the love of God for poor, helpless sin- 
ners, that he gave the world a Savior. Yes, 
the Father gave his only Son, and the Son 
gave himself to die; for nothing in earth or 
heaven but the blood of the Lord Jesus 
could bring forgiveness to the poor sinner's 
heart, and wash away the stain of sin that is 
upon the soul, and save the world from the 
power of Satan, and bring it back to God. 

The Lord Jesus was man as well as God. 
He lived in this wicked world, and the devil 
tempted him very much ; but he did not 
listen to Satan. One time Satan took him up 
into a very high mountain, and showed him 
all the kingdoms of this world, and told him 
if he would fall down and worship him he 
would give them all to him; that is, he 
would make Jesus the king over all the 
kings of the world, if he would only fall 
down and worship Satan. But Jesus said to 
him, " Get thee hence, Satan, for it is written, 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 101 

Thou shalt worship the Lord thy God, and 
him only shalt thou serve." Then Satan 
went away. You see, Satan was trying again 
to be greater than God: he wanted the Savior 
of the world, the Son of God, to worship 
him; but Jesus did not listen to him, or 
give way to him in the least, but sent him 
away. 



LESSON XXXYI. 

THE LORD JESUS, THE SAVIOR OF THE FALLEN FAM- 
ILY, OR THE REVIEW. 

PART SEVENTH. 

Children, Jesus was the only man who 
ever lived in the world without sinning against 
God. Jesus never sinned. Satan tried to 
tempt him, but he never listened to him; he 
always obeyed God, and was always good, 
and holy, and happy. He had no sins of his 
own to die for, but he died to take away the 
sin of the world. He died for poor sinners, 
who could not save themselves, nor get away 
from Satan. When Jesus died, it was the 
same as if he had said, "I have no sins of 
my own to wash away, for I have never 



102 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

sinned; so if I die for poor sinners, God can 
forgive them for my sake, because I have al- 
ways been good, and have always obeyed 
God, and never sinned. If I die sinners can 
leave Satan, and come back to God, and God 
can give them back the happiness, and the 
pleasures, and the comforts which they lost, 
and give them a home with their God and 
their Savior, where Satan can never tempt 
them any more, and where they will never 
have to die again. 

" Because I am God as well as man; if I 
die I can save the soul that is dead in tres- 
passes and sin; that is, it can be washed 
from sin, and be made good again, so that 
the Holy Spirit can live in it again; and I 
can save the body from death, for I can raise 
it up again, and make it like the soul, so 
that it will never die any more ; and I . can 
conquer Satan, and shut him up in hell, so 
he can never get out again. I can make 
man anew again ; I can give him a new heart 
and a new body, and make him like myself, 
holy and happy, and give him a home where 
Satan can not get him away from God again, 
and so bring the world back to God." 

As God, children, the Savior of the world 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 103 

could not die, but as man he could die. Jesus 
died instead of poor sinners. And now, be- 
cause lie was man, and never sinned any, and 
because lie was God, and had all power in 
heaven and earth, God can have mercy upon 
the world, and save it from the power of 
Satan. 



LESSON XXIVIL 

ADAM AND EVE AND THE SAVIOR, OR THE REVIEW. 

PART EIGHTH. 

Dear children, 

U A sweeter paradise is won 
Than you in Eden lost; 
There God shines brighter than the sun, 
Amid the heavenly host. 

A few more years of suffering past, 
Your souls shall reach that shore; 

Your body at the trumpet's blast 
Shall live to die no more." 

I think, my dear little ones, you can now 
see how very merciful God has been to our 
first parents, and to their great family ; for 
if the Lord had never com« into the world, 
to be a man, and die, poor sinners could never 
have been forgiven, and the world could 



104 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

never have been saved from the power of Sa- 
tan. All the people of the world, with their 
father and mother, Adam and Eve, were lost 
from God, and had become the children of 
the wicked one — Satan — but Jesus came into 
the world to seek and to save this lost fam- 
ily and their parents. All have sinned; that 
is, all have disobeyed God, and have broken 
his holy law,* but Jesus died that all might 
find forgiveness of God, and "have the Holy 
Spirit to help them to leave their wicked 
father, Satan, and find their way back to 
their own Father, God, the one who created 
them. 

Jesus died upon the cross, and his body 
was laid in the grave; but on the third day 
he rose from the dead, and came out of his 
grave, and was alive again. All of this great 
family have to die ; but because Jesus is alive 
again, he says all this great family shall live 
again; that is, he will make their bodies 
alive again. He will raise them up from 
their graves. 

This great family lost their beautiful home 
that God had gfven them; but Jesus has 
gone to heaven to get another home for them, 
where they can see him and dwell with him. 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 105 



LESSON XXXVIII. 

ADAM AND EVE AND THE SAVIOR— FAITH IN CHRIST— 
OR THE REVIEW. 

PART NINTH. 

It is true, children, that God has given the 
world a Savior, who has shed his blood to 
save it from sin, and to give it the Holy 
Spirit to show poor sinners the way back to 
God, and give them another home where 
there will be no sickness, nor sorrow, nor 
death ; and where Satan can never tempt 
them to sin against God any more; and 
where Jesus himself is as the Tree of Life, 
to keep both the soul and the body from 
dying, or, as we have told you before, the 
Savior has promised at last to make our 
bodies alive again. But then we must come 
to the Lord Jesus and believe that he is the 
Savior of the world. We must believe that 
he is our Savior, and trust in him to 
save us. 

You know that when Satan told our first 
parents if they ate of the forbidden tree they 
should not die, as God had said, they be- 



106 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

lieved Satan, and disobeyed God, which you 
know was very wicked for them to do. 

Now, the first thing they had to do in 
order to get away from Satan, and get back 
the love of God in their hearts, was to be- 
lieve God again ; to believe every word he 
said. He promised them a Savior who would 
die to save them and conquer Satan ; and 
they believed the promise and were for- 
given. 

God has promised to forgive us our sins, 
and give us new hearts full of the Holy 
Spirit, hearts that can love God, and so make 
us like God again, holy and happy. And 
when we die he has promised to take our 
souls to heaven, and at the last day to make 
our bodies alive again — make them like the 
Savior's body, so that they will never die, 
and the soul can live in them forever. But 
then as long as we believe Satan, and do not 
believe what the Lord Jesus has said, we 
can not get away from Satan, we will always 
have wicked hearts and be like him. 

Jesus has said, that if any one believes in 
him he shall have everlasting life, and he 
will raise him up at the last day. God has 
said to every one of us, in his Word, "Be- 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 107 

lieve on the Lord Jesus Christ, and thou 
shalt be saved." 



LESSON XXXIX. 

ADAM AND EYE, AND FAMILY— THE SAVIOR— OB THE 
BEVIEW. 

PART TENTH. 

Our first parents and their great family 
disobeyed God, and with Satan became sin- 
ners, and were lost from God; but God's pity 
and love for this fallen and lost family caused 
him to give his Son to die, that they might 
be forgiven, and to show them he wanted to 
be friends with them again. And the pity 
and love of Jesus, the Son of God, caused 
him to give himself to die for this family, 
that they might be saved, and to get them to 
come to God and be forgiven, and so be 
friends with God again. God, our Savior, 
loves this great family, and wants to give 
them back their happiness, and does not like 
to see them lost. 

My dear little ones, you see God has done 
every thing he could for our first parents 
and their family, to save them; and now if 



108 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

they do not believe in the Lord Jesus Christ, 
that is, if they do not come to Jesus to be 
saved, then they will be lost forever. But 
then if we will listen to Satan and disobey 
God, if we will not believe God and do those 
things which he has commanded us not to 
do, it will be all our own fault. 

When Jesus comes again at the last day 
and makes us alive again, if we do not look 
like Jesus, good and holy, then we can not 
be taken to the new home, and God will have 
to send us away with Satan where we can 
never be saved nor see our God any more. 
If we always believe God, we shall always 
obey and love him, and shall be saved. But 
if we always disobey God, and do not believe 
what he tells us, nor love him, then we shall 
be lost. If we want to be saved and be 
friends with God again, we must come to 
Jesus and ask God to forgive us. 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 109 

LESSON XL.* 

THE KEVIEW. 
PART ELEVENTH. 

"Sun, moon, and stars, by clay and night, 
At God's commandment give us light; 
And when we wake, and while we sleep, 
Watch over us like angels keep. 

The bright blue sky above our head, 
The soft green earth on which we tread, 
The ocean rolling round the land. 
Were made by God's Almighty hand. 

Sweet flowers, that hill and dale adorn, 
Fair fruit trees, fields of grass and corn, 
The clouds that move, the showers that falL 
The winds that blow— God sends them all. 

The beasts that graze with downward eye, 
The birds that sing, and perch, and fly, 
The fishes swimming in the sea, 
God's creatures are as well as we. 

But us he formed for better things, 
As servants for the King of kings, 
With lifted hands and open face, 
With thankful hearts to seek his grace. 

Thus God loved man, and more than thus, 
He sent his Son to live with us ; 
And now invites us, when we die, 
To come and live with him on high. 



*This lesson may be repeated by the class in concert, 



110 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

But we must live to him below; 
For none but such to heaven can go. 
Lord Jesus, hear our humble prayer, 
And lead the little children there. 



LESSON XLI. 

ABOUT THE HIDING OF GOD'S FACE— OR GOD HIDES 
HIMSELF AND TEACHES MAN THE WAY OF FAITH. 

My dear little ones, how was it that God 
spoke words of kindness, and showed such 
mercy to our first parents, when they had 
broken his law and deserved to die forever? 
If you remember, it was because he had given 
them a Savior, who was to come into the 
world after awhile and die for them. Yes, 
the Savior's wonderful love for poor lost sin- 
ners brought him to earth. 

u Down from his Father's throne, 
Glorious and bright, 
He came, and bled, and died — 
0, wondrous sight!" 

It is true, God was kind and merciful. 
He let people pray to him, and sometimes 
spoke to them, and in many ways made his 
presence to appear so as to be seen ; but 
then he did not walk and talk with them, 
nor let them see him just as he did in the 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. Ill 

garden before they sinned ; he did not now 
permit people to behold with their eyes the 
great God of heaven and truth just as 
he is. 

But do we not read, children, in the Bible, 
that God did sometimes appear to people ? 
There was -something that would appear in 
which God was hid, that could be seen with 
the eyes, but God himself could not be seen. 
But what are some of the ways in which 
God appeared so as not to be seen, that is, 
to show people that he was present, and yet 
not let them see God himself? Sometimes 
God hid himself in a bright cloud ; again, he 
has wrapt himself in a flame of fire ; and at 
other times he has appeared in the form of a 
man, called "the angel;" but as one of the 
last ways in which God hid himself, he put 
oh a clothing of flesh and blood, and hid 
himself in the person of Jesus Christ. You 
know Jesus was God as well as man. Now 
they could see the cloud, the fire, the angel, 
and the man Jesus Christ, and knew that 
God was present, but they could not see God 
himself just as he is. 

There was one man who saw more of God 
than any other that we read of in the Bible, 



112 IOTANT CLASS MANUAL. 

and the name of that man was Moses ; but 
he did not see God's face, he only saw his 
back as he passed by. Moses wished to see 
God's face, but God told him he could not 
see his face and live. 

It is true that we can not see God just as 
Adam and Eve did in the garden, but then 
we must not forget, children, that God sees 
us all the time. 

''When I sleep, and when I wake, 
When my daily walks I take, 
Though my eyes no God can see, 
Still he ever looks at me." 

Sinners have broken God's law and deserve 
to die forever, and can not be saved without 
a Savior. But what does God wish people 
to know by his hiding himself from them? 
He wishes them to know that he is willing 
to save them, but can not let them see his 
face till they have learned to believe and 
come to him in the Savior. 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 113 



LESSON XLII. 

ABOUT FAITH, OR WHAT FAITH DOES. 

Children, the Savior was to die to make 
God and man one again, that is, to make 
them such friends again, that man might be 
with God, when, like the angels, he might 
always behold, the face of his Heavenly 
Father. Now, to make man good, and holy, 
and happy like his God again, fit to live with 
him, and be permitted to walk and talk with 
him, what did God have to teach him? God 
had to teach him to live by faith. Faith, 
children, means believing. 

What is faith? said a father to his little 
daughter as she sat playing with a string of 
beads. She could not tell. He then took 
the beads from her and threw them into the 
fire. She looked very sad and was about to 
cry, but the father told her he would, by 
and by, fetch her a string of beads much 
prettier than those. Then she was pleased 
and did not cry. 

Why was this little girl going to cry? 
Because she had lost her beads. 

8 



114 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

Why was she afterward pleased ? Because 
she believed her father would do as he 
promised her he would. 

What is this believing called ? It is called 
faith. 

When we believe God will do as he has 
promised in his Word, what is it? It is 
faith in God. 

While our first parents had faith in God, 
that is, while they knew how to believe and 
did believe God in every thing he said to 
them, they were permitted to see him with 
their eyes ; but while sinners are learning to 
have faith in God, do they see him just as 
they did? They do not see him just as they 
did, but their faith sees the promise of God, 
and it sees God the Savior. Then, when 
people live by faith, what do they do ? They 
believe God in his promise, and come to him 
in the Savior, without seeing him with their 
eyes. When our first parents believed Satan 
they left off believing God; they had faith 
in Satan, and lost their faith in God. So 
you see, children, sinners had to learn to be- 
gin to serve God again just when they left 
off; that is, they had to begin to believe God 
again, for, as we are told in the Word of 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 115 

God, without faith it is impossible to please 
God. 

While we listen to Satan we do not believe 
God, we are not friends with God, and do 
not love to please hirn; and God can not be 
friends with us, and be pleased with us till 
we leave Satan and come, back to him. 

What does faith do for the soul? Faith 
brings God into the soul. And now, children, 
I will try to tell you how faith brings God 
into the soul. When sinners leave Satan, and 
believe in God, and come back to him in the 
Savior, God is so much pleased to see 
them coming back to him, that he comes to 
them in the Savior, and washes away all 
their sins, and gives them the Holy Spirit to 
make them happy, and to let them know 
their sins are all forgiven, that he loves them, 
and is with them in their souls. And then, 
children, when sinners begin to have faith in 
God, how long do you think it will be before 
they can see God? When they get the let- 
ter of faith perfect, they will be taken home 
to heaven, mid when their bodies are made 
alive again, they shall see God with their 
eyes. 



116 INFANT CLASS MANUAL* 



LESSON XLIII. 

SACRIFICES GOD'S WAY OF POINTING OUT THE TRUE 

SACRIFICE, OR THE REAL SACRIFICE, 

THE LAMB OF GOD. 

When God began to teach our first parents 
and their great family to live by faith, that 
not one could see his face till they had learned 
to believe him and come to him, in the 
Savior, he wished people to remember his 
promise, and think of the Savior. 

Now, my dear little ones, if the promise 
that God gave to the world about the Savior 
had been forgotten, so as never to have been 
thought of again, what do you think would 
have been done? People would have left off 
believing God in what he said in his promise, 
and so would think about the Savior. God 
knew that his promise might be forgotten, 
so what do you think he did, children? 
He taught the people a way to keep the 
promise in mind, and not to forget that they 
were sinners, and that nothing but the blood 
of the Savior could save them from sin and 
Satan's power, and bring them to behold the 
face of their Heavenly Father; and I suppose 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 117 

• 

you would like to know what lie told them 
to do, would you not? He told them to pile 
up some earth, or large stones; this heap was 
called an altar; and then to lay some wood 
on the altar; then take a knife and kill a 
lamb, and burn it on the altar, the animal 
being first bound with a rope; doing this was 
called offering a sacrifice : but what was the 
sacrifice that was offered? The sacrifice itself 
was the lamb which was laid bound upon the 
altar, and gave up its life and died. 

When Jesus was bound, or fastened by his 
hands and feet with nails to the cross, he was 
like a lamb bound upon the altar ; but whose 
lamb was he? He was God's Lamb; God 
gave his 'Son for the sin of the world. Then, 
when Jesus offered himself unto God, and 
gave up his life, and died upon the cross, 
what was he? He was a sacrifice to take 
away sin. Jesus was the Lamb of God that 
taketh away sin. 

Jesus was the real sacrifice : the other sac- 
rifices, that is, the sacrifices of animals, only 
represented his death. The sacrifices which 
showed the Savior's death were offered very 
often; but how often do you think, children, 
the Savior was to be offered for sin? He was 



118 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

to be offered just once for the whole world, a 

sacrifice for sin. 

I hope, dear children, that you will never 

forget that the Savior died to save, and to 

bring you to your new home in glory ; that 

is, in heaven. 

" On Calvary he died, 
A sacrifice for sin; 
There Christ was crucified, 
That we might glory win." 

How did the sacrifices of animals help 
people to believe in God, and think of the 
Savior? They kept God's promise in and 
showed the death of the Savior. 

"My faith looks up to thee, 
Thou Lamb of Calvary, 

Savior divine: 
Now hear me while I pray; 
Take all my guilt away; 
0, let me from this day 

Be wholly thine!" 

The sacrifices of animals were to be offered 
till the Savior came and died; but when 
Jesus died, what then was to be done with 
them? As soon as the real sacrifice, the 
Lamb of God, was offered, then the sacrifices 
of animals were to cease; that is, they were 
not to be offered any more. But why were 
they to cease when the Lamb of God wa3 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 119 

offered? To show that the real sacrifice, the 
one that God had promised, was now offered, 
and that there would now be no other sacri- 
fice than the one Jesus had offered. 

" Not all the blood of beasts, 
On Jewish altars slain, 
Could give the guilty conscience peace, 
Or wash away our stain. 

But Christ, the heavenly Lamb, 

Takes all our sins away ; 
A sacrifice of nobler name, 

And richer blood than they. 

Believing, we rejoice, 

To feel the curse removed ; 
We bless the Lamb, with cheerful voice, 

And trust his bleeding love." 



LESSON XLIT. 

SINCE THE CRUCIFIXION, GOD'S WAT OF KEEPING 

THE WORLD IN MIND OF THE DEATH 

OF THE SAVIOR. 

Since Jesus died, God wishes people to be- 
lieve him, because he has fulfilled his prom- 
ises. Jesus was the Son of God, the Savior 
God had promised to the world. When 
Jesus died God's promise was fulfilled. God 
wishes people now to remember that his 



120 INFANT CLASS MANUAL, 

promise is fulfilled, and to think of the 
Savior, because he died for them. 

God has a way, now since the death of the 
Savior, as well as before it, children, to keep 
people in mind of the Savior that was prom- 
ised, and died to save sinners, and that way 
is by hearing and reading the story of the 
Savior. 

There are two ways, then, of learning the 
story of the Savior; one is by hearing, and 
the other by reading it. 

Now, if there was no other way of being 
kept in mind of the Savior's death but by 
reading, there would be a great many people 
in the world who would not take the trouble 
to read the story, and there would be a great 
many more who would never know that 
there was such a story to be read. Besides, 
there are a great many people in the world 
who do not know how to read; and a great 
many of those who do know how to read 
would forget to read it. 

Now, that the whole world might hear the 
story of the Savior, and be kept in mind of 
his death, what do you think the Savior did 
a little before he left the world and went to 
heaven? He left a command to his ministers, 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 121 

and said, "Go ye into all the world and 
preach the Gospel;" that is, tell all peo- 
ple of the great things I have told you, and 
of all the great things I have done; tell 
them how I came into this world, and suf- 
fered and died for sinners; tell them I am 
alive again from the dead, and go away 
to my Father to prepare a place for them, 
and will come again at the last day, to re- 
ward the good and punish the wicked. 

" Jesus, thy love shall we forget, 
And never bring to mind 
The grace that paid our sinful debt, 
And bade us pardon find? 

CHORUS. 

Our sorrows and our sins were laid 

On thee, alone on thee; 
Thy precious blood the full price paid, 

Thine all the glory be. 

The nails, the spear, can we forget, 

The agonizing cry: 
'My God, my Father, wilt thou let 

Thy Son forsaken die!' 

Chorus — Our sorrows," etc. 

Again, children, if hearing the story of 
the Savior preached was the only way 
of keeping his death in mind, the story 
might be forgotten altogether, and ministers 
could not remember it so as to tell it right. 



122 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

If the story of the Savior could not be read, 
people would not know that it was of God, 
and that ministers \fere commanded to preach 
it, and so they would not be believed. Be- 
sides, if people could not read the story 
of the Savior for themselves, they would only 
be put in mind of it while they were hear- 
ing it. 

And now that the story of the Savior might 
never be forgotten, and that people might 
know for themselves the truth of the story, 
and be always kept in mind of the Savior's 
death, what do you think God did? He 
caused the story to be written, which is to be" 
found in that part of the Bible called the 
New Testament. 

"We won't give up the Bible, 
For it alone can tell 
The way to save our ruined souls 

From being sent to hell. 
And it alone can tell us how 

We may have hopes of heaven, 
That through the Savior's blood 
Our sins may be forgiven. 
We won't give up the Bible, 
God's holy book of truth." 

How does hearing and reading the story 
of the Savior help people to believe God and 
think of the Savior? When they hear the 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 123 

story they remember that God has fulfilled 
his promise, and they know that Jesus is the 
Son of God, the Savior of the world, and 
that in no other Savior can they come to 
God and be saved but in Jesus, who died for 
them. 

God has said to people in his Word, " Be- 
lieve on the Lord Jesus Christ, and thou 
shalt be saved." Now, when people hear 
or read that story of the Savior, and are put 
in mind of his death, what does God wish 
them to do? He wishes them to believe 
that Jesus is the Son of God, the only Savior 
of the world, and that he died to save them; 
and why? That he may save them as he 
has promised. 

I think, dear children, you can now see 
for yourselves, that when people believe on 
the Lord Jesus Christ, who was crucified on 
Mount Calvary, and died upon the cross, they 
believe God and come to him in the Savior 
to be saved. 



124 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 



LESSON XLV. 

ABOUT GOD IN HIS HOUSE, OR WHAT PEOPLE DO IN 
GOD'S HOUSE. 

" God is in his holy temple, let all the earth 
keep silence before him." 

By the temple, children, is meant the 
house of God ; but why is it said to be holy ? 
The house of God is holy because it is a 
place where God is particularly present. God 
is a holy God, and lus house is a holy place. 
God has been pleased to promise that he 
will ever be present in his house whenever 
people come to worship. 

When people come into the house of God, 
what do they do? They keep silence before 
God. Why? Because God is in his house. 
Then, when people come into the house of 
God, they come into the presence of God. 

But what about the silence that is kept in 
the house of God? The silence that people 
keep before God in his house is a kind of 
silence that shows honor and reverence to 
God. What way? By waiting upon God, to 
hear and do his will; that is, they wait upon 
God to hear what he has to say to them in 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 125 

his Word, and to tell him the feelings and 
desires of their hearts, when they sing and 
pray. 

But when people wait upon GdH to hear 
and do his will, how do you think, children, 
God and the people talk together that they 
may understand each other? God talks with 
the people in his Word, when the minister 
reads and preaches it, and helps them, by his 
Spirit, to understand what he wishes them to 
know and do, and the Holy Spirit helps the 
people to tell God the feelings and desires of 
their hearts, when they sing and pray ; that 
is, they thank God for all his goodness to 
them, and confess their sins, and ask him to 
forgive them, and at last to take them to 
heaven. 

I think, my little ones, you can now see 
how God and the people understand each 
other when they talk together. God gives 
the Holy Spirit to the people to help them 
to understand just what he wishes them to 
know and do. And the Holy Spirit helps 
the people to talk with God. And as God 
knows the mind of the Spirit — that is, is ac- 
quainted with him — and sees the hearts of 
the people, and hears what they say when 



126 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

they sing and pray, lie understands and 
knows just what they want him to do for 
them. 

But if there were but two or three people 
present at the time in which people meet to 
wait upon God in his house, do you think 
God would be as particular to be present as 
he would if the house was filled with people? 
Yes, though there be but two or three to 
wait upon God in his house, God will be 
present, as he has said he would be, for the 
Savior has said, "Where two or three are 
gathered together in my name, there am I 
in the midst of them." The Savior will 
be present that the people may talk with 
their Father, God, for the Savior is God as 
well as man, and, as we have told you from 
the Bible, there is no other way of coming 
to God but in him; and the Holy Spirit will 
be present, also, to help God and the people 
to talk. 

You see what care the Lord takes for those 
who wish to be saved. Let glory, that is 
praise, be given to the Lord, for if he did 
not care for poor sinners, they could not 
come into his presence, nor be saved from 
their sins, and brought home to heaven. 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 127 

Yes, my little ones, can you not sing from 
your hearts, 

" To Father, Son, and Holy Ghost, 
Who sweetly all agree, 
To save a world of sinners lost, 
Eternal glory be ?" 



LESSON ILTI. 

ABOUT THE WOKSHIP OF GOD. 

" In God's own house, then, shall I play, 
Where Christians meet to hear and pray? 
It will profane that holy place, 
And tempt the Almighty to his face. 

When angels bow before the Lord, 
And devils tremble at his word, 
Shall I, a sinful mortal, dare 
To mock, and sport, and trifle there ? 

His wrath may strike my guilty head, 
His fire from heaven may lay me dead, 
And send my careless soul to dwell 
Low in the gloomy flames of hell." 

Before the Savior's death, when the peo- 
ple of God came together and offered a sacri- 
fice, and prayed to God, and heard his Word, 
what did they do? They worshiped God. 
But since the Savior's death, when the peo- 
ple of God — now named after Christ, called 
"Christians" — meet together in the house of 



128 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

the Lord, to hear the Word of the Lord both 
read and preached, and to pray and to sing 
God's praises, what do they do ? They wor- 
ship God. 

"Lord, how delightful 'tis to see, 
When all the people worship thee ! 
At once they sing, at once they pray, 
They hear of heaven and learn the way." 

Children, when people worship God, what 
do they do ? They honor and reverence God 
by waiting upon him to hear and do his 
will. 

In some countries the people have a par- 
ticular way of coming into the presence of 
their rulers, kings, and other great men ; that 
is, they always come into their presence in 
that one particular way, and that way is this : 
when any of the people come into the pres- 
ence of a king they fall prostrate before him, 
that is, they bow the body, with the face 
toward the earth, so low that it lies down at 
full length, and the face touches the ground; 
and in some places, besides falling down pros- 
trate, they always bring in their hand a 
present of gold for the king. This falling 
prostrate and present of gold is an act of 
honor and reverence which people pay to no 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 129 

one but a king, or some great person like 
him. 

I think this will help you to understand 
what we mean when we talk of the worship 
of God — worship is an act x>f honor and 
reverence which the people of God pay to no 
one but the great God and King of heaven 
and earth when they come into his presence. 

Now, that part of the worship of God 
which is performed by the body, that is, 
what the body does in the worship of God, 
can be seen, which is the outward act of 
worship. With a knife the hand killed the 
animal offered in sacrifice to God; the body 
bows down before God in prayer; with the 
hearing of the ear the Word of the Lord is 
heard; and with the tongue we talk with 
God in prayer and praises. But, as you 
know, children, we can not see the soul 
which is in the body, so there is a part of 
the worship of God that can not be seen, the 
inward part of worship, which is performed 
by the soul, and is spiritual, because it is the 
worship of the soul. 

That part of worship which can be seen, 
may be performed without the inward wor- 
ship; that is, people might offer a sacrifice, 



130 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

and may bow the knee, sing, and say prayers, 
and yet not love God, nor even think of 
what they are saying or doing. But then — 

" J Tis not enough to bend the knee, 
And words of prayer to say, 
The heart must with the lips agree, 
If we would truly pray," 

When people come into the presence of 
God to worship him, God wishes them always 
to bring with them, for him, a gift; not that 
kind of a present which people bring when 
they come into the presence of an earthly 
king — gold, but one that is given to God, 
and which should be given to him only. 
That gift God asks you for, children, when 
he says, " Son, daughter, give me thy heart." 

Now, that God may have the outward 
worship of the body and the inward wor- 
ship of the soul, what ought people to do? 
God wishes people, when they come into 
his presence, always to give him their hearts, 
that is, to worship him from the heart, 
to declare by the outward worship that 
he is their God, at the same time giving 
themselves to God to love and serve him with 
their whole heart, soul, mind, and strength ; 
but when people worship God from the 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 131 

heart, what happens to them? They receive 
the Holy Spirit into their hearts, and are ac- 
cepted, that is, God is pleased with their 
worship, and gives them his Spirit to make 
them happy. 

Now, my little ones, were you to ask me 
what the outward act of true worship — the 
worship from the heart — declares, I would 
tell you, that in the outward act of worship 
we declare or acknowledge God and his Son 
Jesus Christ to be the only true God and 
Savior of the world, and that we are trusting 
with all the heart in God, through Christ, to 
be forgiven and saved, soul and body, both 
now and forever. 



LESSON XLYII. 

THE HISTORY OF CAIN AND ABEL. 
PART FIRST. 

"Guard me, Lord, from Satan's power, 
For lie walks to and fro, 
And like a lion would devour 
The souls of men below. 

Pride, hate, and envy are the chains 
By which he holds them fast; 

Nor lets them know what bitter pains 
Their sins shall bring at last." 



132 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

Adam and Eve had now two sons who 
were grown up to be men. The name of the 
elder son was Cain, and the name of the 
younger one was Abel. 

11 Cain was the babe that first on earth 
Rejoiced a mother's sight." 

Cain was a tiller of the ground, that is, a 
farmer; and Abel was a keeper of sheep, 
that is, a shepherd. 

Their parents taught them to worship God. 
Cain brought an offering unto the Lord of 
the fruit of the ground; Abel also brought 
an offering of the firstlings of his flock, that 
is, the youngest of his lambs. 

Abel showed by the offering which he 
brought, that he believed in God the great 
Creator; also, that the Savior whom God had 
promised would come into the world to die 
to save him from sin and death. And God 
was well pleased with his offering and ac- 
cepted his worship. 

But Cain would not humble himself so 
much as to confess in his heart to God that 
he could not be saved without a Savior, and 
was unwilling to bring that kind of offering 
which taught him he had sinned against the 
great God, and deserved death, and that 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 133 

nothing but the blood of that Savior who 
was his could wash his soul from sin, and 
bring forgiveness to his heart. He thought it 
enough to bring an offering that would just 
show he believed God to be the great Creator; 
also, that God had a kind providence over all 
his creatures, that is, a care over them, thank- 
ing him for the good things of this life which 
he enjoyed. He took his own way, but God 
was not pleased with him and did not accept 
his worship. 

It was well to believe there was a God 
who was the great Creator, and that he 
had a providence. But it was not all that 
God had required him to do. God wished 
him to confess his sins, and believe in the 
promised Savior; and he was to show this 
by bringing an offering that would bring to 
mind the suffering and death of that Savior 
who was to be slain for the sin of the world, 
and no offering which he might bring could 
be accepted till he had obeyed the command 
of the Lord. 

There is but one way in which poor, dying 
sinners can come to God and be accepted, 
and that way is hy faith in the Son of God y 
the Savior of the world. 



134 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

By faith Abel offered a more excellent 
sacrifice than Cain. 

Dear children, by faith 

u Let us behold the Lamb of God, 
Who takes away our guilt; 
Behold the Savior's precious blood 
That on the cross was spilt 1 

CHORUS. 

I will believe ! I do believe I 

That Jesus died for me ! 
The streams of our salvation 

Are copious and free." 

You may now sing the hymn in the be- 
ginning of the lesson. 

(The children sin^.) 

"Guard me, Lord, from Ssftan's power," etc. 



LESSON XLYIII. 

THE HISTORY OF CAIN AND ABEL. 
PART SECOND. 

"Haste I sinner, to the Savior, 
Seek his mercy while you may ; 

Soon the day of grace is over, 
Soon your life will pass away ; 

Haste ! sinner ! 

You must perish if you stay.' 7 

When Cain found that his offering was 
not accepted he was very angry, and looked 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 135 

sad and unhappy. God spoke to him and 
said, Why are you angry, and why so sad 
and unhappy? You know if you do well 
you will be accepted ; but if you do not do 
well — do not quickly repent and believe, the 
sin of which you are now guilty will bring 
you in a very short time to ruin. Abel will 
not hurt you, he is your younger brother, 
and will do as you wish to do. 

Cain had now a moment given him, in 
which he might do well toward God and be 
accepted, and so have right feelings toward 
his brother. 

But instead of doing better, though God 
had kindly reminded him of his duty, and 
warned him of sin, he continued to do evil. 

" Cain once, perhaps, might start 
At what he soon would be; 
But they who trust an evil heart, 
May prove as vile as he." 

Still Cain dared to be disobedient to his 

Maker, intending, perhaps, to do better after 

awhile — was angry, went out and talked with 

his brother. And afterward, when they were 

in the field together, Cain rose up against 

Abel his brother and killed him. 

"Thus Satan tempts one mother's son 
To rage against another; 



/ 



136 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

So wicked Cain was hurried on, 
Till he had killed his brother." 

Cain first indulged in feeling of pride and 
self-will, and refused God's way of mercy and 
salvation, and took his own way of being 
saved, which caused him to give way to 
anger and envy; and anger and envy led to 
the hatred and murder of his brother. 

"Our evil actions spring 

From small and hidden seeds ; 
At first we think some wicked thing. 
Then practice wicked deeds." 

God spoke to Cain and said, "Where is 
thy brother Abel? He answered, I know 
not; am I my brother's keeper ?" Cain did 
not wish the murder to be known, and was 
afraid to tell what he had done, and told an 
untruth. But 

u God saw the sudden blow he gave, 
He noticed every angry word;" 

and as he knew all about it, he at once laid 
the murder to him and said, "What is this 
that thou hast done? the voice of thy 
brother's blood crieth unto me from the 
ground.' 7 

God, all along, had borne with Cain's 
wickedness, but now he had to punish him* 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 137 

He told him the earth which had opened her 
mouth to receive his brother's blood, from his 
hand, should not give him such a plentiful 
supply of corn, etc., nor as certainly as it had 
done heretofore; and sent him away from his 
home and friends, and from the worship of 
God, and made him a wanderer over the earth. 

When Cain saw that the murder was 
known, and heard his sentence, he was very 
miserable in his feelings, and was afraid of 
being killed, and said unto the Lord, "Be- 
hold, every one that seeth me will kill me ;" 
but the Lord was pleased to tell him ■ he 
would give an order that he should not be 
killed. 

So Cain dwelt in a country called "Nod." 

"0 Thou, who wast so meek and mild, 
Thou gentle Savior, hear my cry, 
And help a weak and sinful child 
Each rising passion to deny." 

You may now sing the verse in the begin- 
ning of the lesson. 

(The children sing.) 

"Haste! sinner! to the Savior," etc. 



138 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 



LESSON XLIX. 

ABOUT THE GENERATIONS FROM ADAM TO NOAH, 
AND THE FLOOD. 

PART FIRST. 

"When the dark and heavy cloud 

Lifts on high its awful form, 
And above us pealing loud 

Rolls the thunder of the storm; 
Do not fear the lightning's flash, 

God directs it where to fall; 
Do not fear the thunders crash, 

For your Savior sends them all." 

Dear children, what is a generation? I 
will tell you. A generation is the time one 
man lives till his son comes to take his 
place. 

You already know, from the last lesson, 
how Adam was deprived of both of his sons ; 
one was murdered, and the other banished, 
never more to live at home. But when 
Adam was one hundred and thirty years of 
age, the Lord was pleased to give him an- 
other son; and what was this son's name? 
Adam called him Seth? 

And the Bible tells us, that after this 
Adam had both sons and daughters, but does 
not give us their names. 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 139 

Which of the brothers, think you, was 
Seth like, Cain or Abel? . I will tell you. 
Like his dear good brother Abel, Seth was 
a good man, and loved and served the Lord. 

Listen, children, and I will tell you about 
Seth. Seth had a son whose name was Enos, 
and he had a grandson whose name was 
Cainan — the son of Enos — and he had a 
great grandson — the son of Cainan — whose 
name was Mahalaleel ; and he had a great great 
grandson — the son of Mahalaleel — whose 
name was Jared. 
' Now Jared was the father of Enoch. 

The Bible tells us that Enoch was a very 
good man; that he loved and served the 
Lord. And the Lord loved Enoch, and took 
him to live with him in glory; that is, in 
heaven. 

You see, Enoch did not die and lie in the 
grave, like other people, but was taken up to 
heaven without dying. 

Enoch had a son who lived longer than 
any other person we read of in the Bible, 
and so is called the oldest man in the world. 
His name was Methusalah, and he lived nine 
hundred and sixty-nine years. 

Methusalah, the son of Enoch, had a son 



140 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

whose name was Lamech; and lie had a 
grandson, the son of Lamech, whose name 
was Noah. 

You see, when Adam died Seth took his' 
father's place, and so Adam being the first gene- 
ration, when he died and Seth took his place 
in the world, Seth was the second generation. 
And when Seth died, and his son, Enos, came 
to take his place, Enos was the third genera- 
tion. And when Enos died, and his son, 
Cainan, came to take his place, Cainan was 
the fourth generation. And when Cainan 
died, and his son, Mahalaleel, took his place, 
Mahalaleel was the fifth generation. And 
when Mahalaleel died, and his son, Jared, took 
his place, Jared was the sixth generation. 
And when Jared died, and his son, Enoch, took 
his place, Enoch was the seventh generation. 
And when Enoch was taken to heaven, and 
his son, Methusalah, took his place, Methu- 
salah was the eighth generation. And when 
Methusalah died, and his son, Lamech, came 
to take his place in the world, Lamech was 
the ninth generation. And when Lamech 
died, Noah came and took his father's place in 
the world. 

Now,, you can see for yourselves, children, 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 141 

that having all died but Enoch, he being 
taken to heaven, from Adam down to Noah, 
nine generations of people had passed away 
from the earth : and when Noah would die he 
would be the tenth. 

I think you now understand what is meant 
by a generation of people in the world. 
There is a rhyme about it, in two verses, 
which you may now repeat. 

(The children repeat.) 

"By generations God made man, 
To live his life below, 
And if he follows his commands, 
He then to heaven will go. 

When Adam died the first was gone; 

Aged Seth came next in line; 
Then Enos made another one; 

To Noah there were nine." 

Of these persons we are told that Noah was 
the eighth one who was not only good him- 
self, but tried to persuade others to be good, 
and love and serve the Lord, and so was 
called a " preacher of righteousness." What 
a good report to be given to the world! 

Children, when you come to die, would 
you not like to look back and see that you 
had not only been good yourselves, but had 
tried to do what you could to help others to 



142 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

be good, and love and serve the Lord, and so 
have a good report given to the world of your 
generation ; that is, of the time you lived in the 
world? What ought you to do? You ought 
to begin the service of the Lord now in your 
childhood, and never leave off, but serve him 
all your days. 

There are some verses that will help you 
to remember about it. You may repeat and 
sing. 

(The children sing.) 
TEACHER. 

"To thee, Almighty God, 
Our childhood we resign, 
'Twill please us to look back and see 
That our whole lives were thine. 

Let the sweet work of prayer and praise . 

Employ our youngest breath; 
Thus we 're prepared for longer days, 

Or fit for early death." 

PART SECOND. 

"We will begin the second part of our les- 
son, children, by singing the verse in the be- 
ginning of the first part of the lesson: 

"When the dark and heavy cloud," etc. 
(The children sing.) 

Deal children, the Bible does not tell us 
about every one who lived from the time of 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 143 

Adam down to Noah ; but it tells us that the 
earth was filled with people, and that they 
grew so very wicked the Lord was displeased 
with them, and could take no pleasure in the 
people he had made; and, children, listen 
to what he said : " The Lord said, I will de- 
stroy man whom I have created from off the 
face of the earth, both man and beast, and 
the creeping things, and the fowls of the 
air." And what way did the Lord take to 
destroy man, with the beasts, and the creep- 
ing things, and the fowls of the air, from off 
the earth? You shall hear about it, chil- 
dren. 

Of all the people of the world there was 
one man, and but one only, who, with his 
family, loved and served the Lord; and that 
person was Noah, the grandson of Methu- 
salah. 

And, as you already know, Noah was not 
only a good man, and loved and served the 
Lord himself, but advised and tried to per- 
suade others to do likewise. Now, because 
Noah was a good man, and did what he could 
to help others be the same, what did the Lord 
determine to do? He determined to save 
Noah; and so told him to build an ark, to 



144 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

save himself and family from a flood that he 
was about to bring upon the earth, to de- 
stroy it. 

He told him, also, that he was to take with 
him into the ark all sorts of animals, with 
food for them, as well as for himself and 
family. 

But what was the ark ? The ark, children, 
was a large vessel, made to float on the 
water. 

And I suppose, children, you would like to 
know something about the ark, what it was 
made of, and about its form, and size, as well 
as whether it had any doors or windows, and 
how the water would be kept from getting 
into it. 

The ark was made of wood ; and as to its 
shape or form, it was not made with a sharp 
breast, like a ship or steamboat, to cut the 
waves; but its form was an oblong square. 
The bottom of the ark was square, and the 
top was closed in with a slanting roof, like a 
house. The ark was very long, and was 
three stories high ; it was made large enough 
to accommodate Noah and his family, and the 
different sorts of animals that were to be 
taken into it. We can not tell you just how 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 145 

the ark had its windows, nor how many it 
had ; but any way, it had one window and one 
door; the window, it would seem, was on the 
top of the ark, and the door was in the side. 
And the ark was made water-tight, and was 
covered over with pitch, so that there was 
not a place in it where the water could come 
in. 

What a wonderful vessel the ark must 
have been! 

How would it look? It must have looked 
more like a house than any thing else, float- 
ing upon the water. How would Noah ever 
know how to make such a vessel? 0, chil- 
dren, the Lord told Noah all about it, just 
how to make the ark. 

But about the animals, children, that were 
to be taken into the ark, did Noah take one 
or more of a sort, or, how did he take them? 
You shall hear about it. 

Of what were called clean animals, Noah 
was to take seven male and female of every 
sort; but of the unclean animals he was to 
take two, male and female, of every sort. 

You see, the clean animals were the ox, 

the goat, the lamb, the turtle-dove, and the 

pigeon. These were the best of all the ani- 

10 



146 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

mals that God had made, and were not only 
the most useful to man, but were the most 
fit to show the Savior's death in the sacri- 
fices. 

So Noah did all that the Lord commanded 
him. 

But would the people themselves know 
about the flood that was about to be brought 
upon the earth? 

You see, children, all the while Noah was 
building the ark he would preach to the peo- 
ple, and warn them of their danger. He 
told them how God was about to bring a 
flood upon the earth, to destroy them, if they 
did not leave off their wickedness and turn 
to God. 

Whenever the people would look at the 
ark that was being built, what would they be 
reminded of? and what would they see? 
They would remember what Noah had told 
them, and they would see that the ark would 
be a place of refuge to flee to, as well as a 
place of safety from the great storm and 
flood that their sin would bring upon the 
earth. 

And how would the people feel? Were 
they sorry they had been so wicked, and 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 147 

sinned against their Heavenly Father, so as 
to cause him to be displeased with them, 
and have to punish them with death, and not 
let them live any longer? What did they de- 
termine to do? 0, strange to say, children, 
they loved their pleasures more than they did 
the Lord who created them ! Instead of listen- 
ing to Noah, as they should have done, they 
would not mind what he said, and only 
laughed at him. 

Children, when ministers preach to you, 
and tell you about your sins, and about 
Jesus, I hope you will not be so foolish and 
wicked as the people were who heard Noah's 
preaching. And that you may not forget 
about it, there are some verses which you 
may now repeat in concert. 

(The children repeat in concert.) 

"Lovers of pleasure more than God, 
For you he suffered pain; 
For you the Savior spilt his blood ; 
And shall he bleed in vain? 

Sinners, his life for you he paid ; 

Your basest crimes he bore; 
Your sins were all on Jesus laid, 

That you might sin no more. 

To earth the great Redeemer came, 
That you might come to heaven ; 

Believe, believe in Jesus' name, 
And all your sin 's forgiven." 



148 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

So, what did the people do? We are told, 
children, that up to the very day in which 
Noah entered the ark, they married, ate, and 
drank, and made merry. There are some 
verses about it, that you may now repeat. 

(The children repeat in concert.) 

8 tell me how the nations passed 
The day before the flood? 
0, did they know it was the last? 
And did they call on God ? 

In merriment 

The time is spent; 

They sing and play, 

And dance away; 

They eat and drink, 

And little think 
They stand on endless ruin's brink. 

Some rear the walls 

Of sumptuous halls; 

Some join their hands 

In marriage bands ; 

Some sell and buy; 

All vainly try 
To flee from God's all-seeing eye." 

But how would Noah know when to have 
the ark finished, so as to move into it, as 
well as what time the flood would come? 

You see, the Lord told Noah what time he 
wished him to be ready and move into the 
ark, and let him know the very day in which 
he would bring the flood. 

So Noah had the ark finished at the set 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 149 

time; and then he brought the corn, the 
fruit, and the grass for food, into the ark, as 
well as provisions — that is, food — for himself 
and family, and had it stored in its place. 

And how do you think Noah would collect 
the animals? Could he ever get them all to 
go into the ark? You know some were gen- 
tle enough ; but what would he do with the 
lion, tiger, and bear, and all the wild beasts? 

You see, the Lord brought all sorts of such 
animals as could not live in the water to 
Noah, and Noah chose of the clean animals 
seven of a sort, and of the unclean two of a 
sort, male and female, and the Lord caused 
them to go gently and quietly to their places 
in the ark. 

And then Noah himself, with his wife, and 
his three sons, Shem, Ham, and Japheth, 
with their wives, all entered the ark. 

Noah attended to the animals, and saw 
them all safe in the ark; but who would at- 
tend to Noah and his family, and fasten the 
door after them, so that nothing could open 
it and let the water in? The Lord closed 
the door, children, and shut them all in that 
the flood could not hurt them. 

Would not Noah, however, feel very much 



150 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

afraid of the great storm and flood that now 
was coming on the earth? He might fear 
lest the vessel would sink, or be struck with 
lightning, and so after all would be lost. 0, 
the Lord had said he would save Noah, and 
that was enough. 

Are you afraid some evil may befall you, 
so that you can never reach heaven in 
safety, and after all may be lost with the 
wicked in hell? 

Children, if you but obey the Lord, you 
will have nothing to fear. The Lord has 
promised to take care of his children. 

I will now give you a verse to sing; but 
first sing the verse in the beginning of the 
lesson. 

(The children sing, singing first the first verse, and then the 
second.) 

"Only love and fear the Lord, 

Lift your hearts to him in prayer, 
Rest upon your Savior's word, 

God will for his children care. 
"When the overwhelming flood 

Came upon a world of sin, 
Noah made an ark of wood, 

God was pleased to shut him in." 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL, 151 

LESSON L. 

SOMETHING MORE ABOUT THE FLOOD. 
PART FIRST. 

"When the dark and heavy cloud 

Lifts on high its awful form, 
And above us, pealing loud, 

Rolls the thunder of the storm ; 
Do not fear the lightning's flash, 

God directs it where to fall ; 
Do not fear the thunder's crash, 

For your Savior rules them all. 

Only love and fear the Lord, 

Lift your heart to him in prayer; 
Rest upon your Savior's word, 

God will for his children care. 
When the overwhelming flood 

Came upon a world of sin, 
Noah made an ark of wood, 

God was pleased to shut him in. 

All who are, like Noah, his, 

God will safe to glory raise; 
There to dwell where Jesus is, 

See his face and sing his praise. 
Those who early love thy name, 

Thy regard shall ever prove ; 
'Tis thy promise now I claim; 

Savior, deign my soul to love." 

Dear children, I suppose you would now 
like to hear something about the great storm 
and flood, how it came upon the earth, and 



152 INFAN1 CLASS MANFAL. 

what became of the people and all that was 
on the earth at the time, as well as what be- 
came of the ark and all who were in it. 
Would you not? I know you would. So 
you shall hear about it. 

Now, on the very day that Noah and his 
family left all their relatives, friends, and 
companions, and bid adieu both to them and 
the Old World, and entered the ark, and were 
safely locked in by the hand of the Lord, 
what happened ? The Lord brought the flood 
as he said he would. As we are told, the 
fountain of the great deep was broken up, 
and the windows of heaven were opened, and 
it rained upon the earth forty days and forty 
nights. So that there was a very great flood 
upon the earth. 

The flood of water rose higher and higher, 
and after awhile it took up the great ark and 
bore it away on its swelling waves ; it covered 
first the houses and trees, and then the tops 
of the highest mountains; and what had be- 
come of all the people, as well as the ani- 
mals, of the earth? 0, every creature died. 
Yes, while the ark floated safely upon the 
surface of the water. The wicked were all 
drowned in the mighty deep, for- there was 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 153 

not a living creature in all the world but 
Noah and those that were with him in 
the ark. 

For you see, up to this dreadful hour, the 
time in which Noah entered the ark, the 
people had not repented, though they had 
been faithfully warned. 

There are some verses, children, that will 
help you to keep this part of the lesson in 
mind. You may now repeat them in concert. 

(The children repeat.) 

"But God no more will silence keep ; 

He pours his wrath from high, 
Unlocks the fountains of the deep, 

And windows of the sky. 
The clattering rain 
Descends amain; 
The rivers roar, 
The torrents pour; 
The waters rise, 
Till piteous cries 

No more are heard beneath the skies. 
At first, in flocks, 
Men climb the rocks; 
Nor fear to creep 
Up mountains steep; 
But waters flow 
Where'er they go, 

And wash them to the depths below. 
Behold just Noah safely ride 

Upon the mighty deep; 
While all who once God's Word defied, 

Beneath the waters sleep." 



154 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

Children, you have seen how Noah moved 
into the ark, and how the Lord brought the 
flood upon the earth; that the ark bore 
Noah in safety over the waters, and that the 
wicked were all drowned in the mighty deep ; 
but what would Noah do now ? He and his 
family were all alone in the world, he out 
upon the mighty deep, and there was no dry 
ground for the ark to rest upon. Would 
Noah be forgotten? 0, no! the Lord re- 
membered Noah. 

So he began to dry up the flood; he 
caused a great wind to pass over the earth, 
and the waters became lower and lower, and 
at last the tops of the mountains were seen, 
and the ark rested upon Mount Ararat. But 
how was Noah to know when the waters 
would be all gone? 

I will tell you, children, what Noah did. 
Noah opened the window and sent out a 
raven, which flew away and did not return 
again to the ark. 

You see, the raven being a ravenous bird, 
it strayed away, it would seem, to feed upon 
the dead carcasses or bodies that were still 
floating upon the water. 

Then Noah sent out a dove. But the 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 155 

dove found so much water that she returned 
in the evening, and Noah took her into the 
ark again. Seven days after this Noah sent 
the dove out again, and she returned in the 
evening with an olive leaf in her mouth, 
And what would the leaf show? The leaf 
would show Noah that the waters were gone. 

You see, the dove was a little messenger. 
It brought a green leaf from an olive-tree, 
and so let Noah know there was peace in the 
earth, that is, being saved from the wicked- 
ness of the wicked there was no more storm 
nor flood upon the earth. 

Children, to all who believe in Jesus, the 
Holy Spirit is a messenger of peace. It lets 
their soul know that God's anger is turned 
away from them, and they are saved from 
their sins. ! what a comfort to know that 
we have peace with God! 

Noah had now been in the ark about one 
year, and I suppose, children, you are ready 
to say, 0, how glad Noah must have been to 
know that the waters were disappearing! 
Yet he would not leave the ark till God 
would open the door, and told him to come 
out. 

You have seen how the people neglected 



156 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

to repent at the proper time, that is, the time 
•which God gave them to repent; that when 
the flood came it was too late. So it will be 
with the wicked when the flood of God's 
wrath shall overtake them the last day. It 
will then be too late to repent. 

You see, the sinner who neglects to repent 
when God gives the opportunity can not 
escape punishment. 

There are seme verses about it which you 
may now repeat. 

(The children repeat in concert.) 

"Awake, asleep, at home, abroad, 
I 'm seen by thee, a holy God ; 
God's eye can see my secret grief, 
Can wipe my tears, and give relief. 

He smiles in heaven, he frowns in hell, 
He fills the air, the earth, the sea ; 

I must within his presence dwell, 
And can I from his justice flee? 

Yes, I may flee, he tells me where; 

Tells me to Jesus Christ to fly ; 
And while he sees me weeping there, 

There's only mercy in his eye." 

I hope, children, you will remember that 
Jesus is the only place of safety, and if you 
would be saved at the last day, as well as to 
have a good report given of you to the world, 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 157 

you must flee to Jesus now while you have 
opportunity. 

You may now sing the hymn in the begin- 
ning of the lesson. 

(The children sing.) 
"When the dark and heavy cloud," etc. 

PART SECOND. 

We will begin this part of the lesson by 
singing the last hymn in the first part of the 
lesson. 

(The children sing.) 

"Awake, asleep, at home, abroad," etc. 

Now, when, at the command of God, Noah 
and his wife, and his three sons with their 
wives, and all the animals, left the ark and 
were safe on dry ground once more, what do 
you think was the first thing that Noah did? 
He built an altar unto the Lord, and took 
of every clean animal, and of every clean 
fowl, and offered burnt-offerings on the altar, 
and called upon the name of the Lord in 
prayer, and so with his family worshiped 
God. 

But what did Noah's worship of the Lord 
show? I will tell you, children. By his 
worship, Noah would not .only wish to thank 



158 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

the Lord that lie and his family, with all the 
animals, had been preserved in the ark all 
the time of the great flood, and had been 
saved from being drowned in the mighty 
deep; but he showed very particularly that 
he believed God had showed him mercy and 
saved him from being destroyed with the 
wicked by the flood, because a Savior had 
been promised to the world who would yet 
come and die to save him. For you know 
the burnt-offerings that were offered by Noah 
showed that the Savior would die for the 
world. 

You see, the Lord had remembered Noah 
in mercy, and so Noah determined when he 
would come out of the ark that he would not 
attend to any thing till he had first thanked 
the Lord for his goodness and showed his 
belief. 

And do you think, children, that God was 
pleased with Noah's belief? He was so much 
pleased with Noah's belief, that he not only 
accepted his worship, but gave him a very 
great promise. What was it? The promise 
was this: he said he would never again for 
any wickedness of man destroy the ground, 
nor kill every living creature as he had done 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 159 

by the waters of a flood; and promised there 
should be seed-time and harvest, Summer 
and Winter, day and night, so long as the 
earth remained. 

Seed-time is the time to plant such things 
as grow out of the ground, and harvest is the 
time to gather the fruits of the earth. 

You see what great things the Lord will 
do for those who believe in Jesus the Savior 
so as to be saved. He not only beautifies 
the earth with trees, and grass, and flowers, 
and causes it to bring forth its fruits for food 
both for man and beast, but when the world 
will be at an end he will give them a home 
in heaven. 

(The children sing.) 

And the Lord blessed Noah and his sons, 
and every living thing that was in the earth, 
in the air, and in the water, and all that 
came out of the ark, and gave them the 
whole earth to live in. 

And the Lord made Noah, and his sons, 
and their descendants head over every thing 
in the world, and gave them power over all 
the animals on the land, in the air, and in 
the water. He also gave them a kind of 
food besides fruit, and corn, and vegetables, 



160 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

that lie had never allowed them to have be- 
fore. What kind of food, think you, was it? 
It was the flesh of animals — they might eat 
the flesh, but not the blood, for the blood of 
an animal is its life. 

And he now gave them an order that 
every murderer of man should be put to 
death. 

Children, when a person murders another, 
which of the ten commandments do they 
break? (Replies.) Repeat it. 

(The children repeat.) 

But besides all this, children, what was the 
Lord pleased to do? He was pleased to say 
to Noah he would give him a sign of his 
promise, that he would never again visit the 
earth with the waters of a flood to destroy it; 
that he, that is, Noah, might look upon it and 
remember that God shows mercy to the world 
and all its people, with every living creature, 
and saves it because it has a Savior. And 
now what do you think was the sign? God 
said his bow, that is, the rainbow, should ap- 
pear in the clouds when it rained. 

The rainbow was a sign of God's promise 
to Noah, that he shows mercy to the world, 
and saves it from being drowned by the 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 161 

waters of a flood, because it has a Savior; 
but what sign has God given the world that 
he will save poor sinners from the flood of 
his wrath? Like the beautiful rainbow, Jesus 
Christ is the sign of God's promise to save 
poor sinners from being destroyed by the 
flood of his wrath with the wicked in hell. 

Now, children, how is it if you would be 
saved from being destroyed with the wicked 
in hell ? When ministers tell you about your 
sins and what you must do to be saved, obey 
the word of the Lord, that is, flee to Jesus, 
the only place of safety, ere it be too late, 
and what then: according to the sign as well 
as the promise, you shall be brought home 
to heaven in safety. 

You may now sing the hymn in the begin- 
ning of the lesson. 

(The children sing.) 

"When the dark and stormy cloud," etc. 
11 



PART II 



'ts%im& Bam % S$to mtetmutnt. 



CONTENTS. 



PART II. 

LESSONS FROM THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



Lesson. page. 

I. About John the Baptist 167 

II. About John the Baptist 172 

III. About the Nativity of Christ. Part 1 175 

IV. About the Nativity of Christ. Part 2 181 

V. About the Nativity of Christ. Part 3 185 

VI. About the Nativity of Christ. Part 4 189 

VII. About the Holy Child Jesus— The Flight 

into Egypt 194 

VIII. AboutJesus 198 

IX. Jesus with the Teachers of the Law in 

the Temple 201 

X. About the Baptism of Jesus 204 

XI. The Temptation of Jesus 207 

XII. The First Miracle 211 

XIII. The Purification of the Temple 216 

XIV. About Jesus and the Woman of Samaria. 
Part 1 219 

XV. About Jesus and the Woman of Samaria. 

Part 2 223 

XVI. About Nicodemus 226 

XVII. About Repentance and Faith 228 

XVIII. About Christ's Healing the Nobleman's 

Son 234 

165 



166 CONTENTS. 

Lesson. page. 

XIX. Reception at Nazareth — Healing the 

Demoniacs 239 

XX. The Storm at Sea 243 

XXI. The Two Demoniacs at Genesareth 246 

XXII. Jesus at Capernaum — Call of the Dis- 
ciples 249 

XXIII. The Sermon on the Mount 259 

XXIV. The Sermon on the Mount 265 

XXV. The Sermon on the Mount— The Lord's 

Prayer 271 

XXVI. Jesus and the Leper — The Paralytic... 274 

XXVII. Healing of the Impotent Man 280 

XXVIII. Sundry Miracles of Jesus 283 

XXIX. The Man Born Blind 290 

XXX. Raising the Dead to Life 293 

XXXI. The Family at Bethany 298 

XXXII. The Miracle of the Loaves— The Trans- 
figuration 306 

XXXIII. Christ Blessing Little Children 312 

XXXIV. Christ Walking on the Water— Entry 
into Jerusalem 319 

XXXV. The Lord's Supper— The Agony in the 

Garden 325 

XXXVI. The Arrest and Trial 331 

XXXVII. The Crucifixion and Resurrection 337 



THE 

INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 



PART II. 

LESSONS FROM THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



LESSON I. 

ABOUT JOHN THE BAPTIST. 

"If I were a voice, a persuasive voice, 
That could travel the wide world thro', 
I would fly on the wings of the morning light, 
And speak to the men with a gentle might, 
And tell them to be true, 
Be true. (Echo : Be true.) 
And tell them to be true. 
(Echo : And tell them to be true.) 

I would fly, I would fly o'er land and sea, 

Where a human heart might be, 
I would tell them a tale, or I 'd sing a song 
In praise of the right, in blame of the wrong, 

And tell them to be good, 

Be good. (Echo : Be good,) 

And tell them to be good. 

(Echo : And tell them to be good.) 

If I were a voice, a consoling voice, 
I would fly on the wings of the air, 

167 



168 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

The houses of sorrow and guilt I 'd seek, 
And calm and truthful words I'd speak, 
And whisper of sweet hope, 
Sweet hope. (Echo : Sweet hope,) 
And whisper of sweet hope. 
(Echo: And whisper of sweet hope.)" 

Dear children, I am now going to tell 
you something about John the Baptist. Do 
you ask who he was? John the Baptist was 
a great prophet, and lived at the same time 
that Jesus did, and was called the Baptist, 
because he baptized people. 

You know what it is to be baptized ; that 
the water is a sign of having the soul made 
clean from sin, by the Holy Spirit. 

Why was John called the Baptist? (Re- 
plies.) What is the water of baptism a sign 
of? (Replies.) What does the water show? 
(Replies.) 

A prophet was one who told what was to 
happen in time to come. How could the 
prophets know what was to happen before it 
would come to pass? They could not indeed 
know it of themselves; but, you see, God 
would show them the things that were to 
happen by his Holy Spirit, or he would tell 
them what they were to prophesy ; what they 
were to say would happen in time to come. 
What is a prophet? (Replies.) 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 169 

I will now tell you about Zacharias and 
his wife, Elisabeth. 

Zacharias was a priest, and Elisabeth was 
the daughter of a priest. They were both 
very good and religious people. You may 
repeat this text about them. 

(The children repeat.) 

"They were both righteous before God, 
walking in all the commandments and ordi- 
nances of the Lord, blameless. " 

Now, Zacharias and Elisabeth had become 
quite old people, and as yet had no children. 
And so an angel appeared to Zacharias while 
he was worshiping God in the Temple, and 
told him his prayers were heard, and that his 
wife, Elisabeth, should have a son, and they 
should call his name John, and said, "Thou 
shalt have joy and gladness; and many shall 
rejoice at his birth. For he shall be great 
in the sight of the Lord, and many of the 
children of Israel shall he turn to the Lord 
their God;" that is, the Jewish people. 

And Zacharias asked him how he should 
know it would be as he had said. " I am Ga- 
briel, that stand in the presence of God, and 
am sent to speak unto thee, and to show thee 
these glad tidings. And behold, thou shalt 



170 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

be dumb, and not able to speak until the 
day that these things shall be performed ;" 
and as the angel said this, what happened? 
Zacharias was struck dumb and could not 
speak a word. 

You see, he asked the angel for a sign 
that it should be as he had said. Why ? Be- 
cause he did not altogether believe what the 
angel told him; and the sign that was given 
was, he was dumb, and not able to speak, 
and would be so till what had been promised 
had been fulfilled. 

It would seem that Zacharias had been 
praying for a child, and that the angel Ga- 
briel had been sent to him with a promise 
from God that he should have a child in an- 
swer to his own prayers, for what did the 
angel say? Thy prayer is heard. And yet 
the angel was really not believed, and Zach- 
arias, because he was so slow to believe what 
the angel said, was dumb. 

What was the angel's name ? (Replies.) 
To whom was the angel sent? (Replies.) 
What did he tell Zacharias? (Replies: The 
angel told Zacharias that his wife Elisabeth 
should have a child.) And what was the 
child's name to be? (Replies.) What did 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 171 

the angel first say to Zacharias ? (Replies : 
Thy prayer is heard.) 

Zacharias was not to be dumb always, for 
you know the sign was to last only — how 
long ? (Replies.) But in what way could it 
be brought about that he should speak 
again? You shall hear about it, children, 
how it came about. 

Now, after the child was born, the mother 
said his name was to be John ; but her 
friends wondered at this ; for they said neither 
the father nor any of the relations were 
called John. They went to the father and 
asked him what the child should be called; 
and as he could not speak, he made signs for 
a writing-table, and wrote, "His name is 
John." Then, what think you happened? 
Zacharias's tongue was loose, and he spoke 
and praised God; and said to his son, 
"Thou, child, shalt be called the prophet of 
the Lord, for thou shalt go before his face to 
prepare his ways." Whom did Zacharias 
mean here by the Lord? (Replies: The 
Lord Jesus Christ.) 

Who was this child, children? Let me 
tell you. This child that we have been talk- 
ing about was John the Baptist. You see 



172 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

who John's parents were; that his father's 
name was Zacharias, and his mother's name 
was Elisabeth, as well as how it was they 
came to have such a child as John, that they 
had no child till John was given them. 

But how was John going before Christ to 
prepare his ways? I will tell you, children* 
John was to begin to preach before Christ, 
and teach the people to repent of their sins, 
and be ready to see and hear the promised 
Savior, as well as to let them know the 
Savior had come into the world, and was just 
about to appear among the people as the Son 
of God. 

You may now repeat the first hymn : 
"If I were a voice'' etc. 



LESSON II. 

ABOUT JOHN THE BAPTIST. 

John was to teach the people to repent 
of their sins. Why? That they might be 
a people prepared of the Lord to have the 
promised Savior introduced to them. 

What more was said about the child John? 
It is said that he grew and became strong in 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 173 

spirit, and that lie lived in the desert; that 
is, in a country place, till the time come in 
which he was to begin to preach to the peo- 
ple. His clothing was camel's hair, girt 
about him with a girdle, or belt, and his food 
was locusts and wild honey. What was 
John's clothing? (Replies.) Yes. That is, 
a sort of coarse cloth. 

What was John's food? Locusts and wild 
honey. Now, children, you may think it 
very funny that John ate locusts. You 
would not eat locusts, would you? But in 
the East, poor people gather the young 
locusts just before they begin to fly, as they 
crawl out of the ground, and when they are 
fried in butter, they make a very wholesome 
food. I have read that the Indians in Cali- 
fornia gather and roast grasshoppers to eat, 
and that they taste like hickory-nuts, and are 
really good to the taste. Well, John ate these 
locusts. May be he roasted them; and then 
he ate honey with them. Wild honey is 
made by wild bees, and their nests are in 
hollow rocks, trees, etc. The honey we get 
is made in bee-hives. Did you ever see a 
bee-hive ? The bees gather honey from the 
flowers, and whenever the sun shines on the 



174 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

flowers, the bees are out at work. You may 
repeat these little verses: 

"How doth the little busy bee 
Improve each shining hour, 
And gather honey all the day 
From every opening flower! 

How skillfully she builds her cell, 
How neat she spreads the wax, 

And labors hard to store it well 
With the sweet food she makes 1" 

When John told the people who he was, 
that he was the person whom one of the 
prophets wrote about, as a voice crying in the 
wilderness, Prepare ye the way of the Lord, 
would they know what particular person 
John meant to say he was ? 

You see, one of the prophets who lived 
many hundred years before John was born, 
prophesied that when the Savior would be 
about to show himself to the people as the 
Son of God, and long-promised Savior, a 
particular prophet would go on before him 
to prepare his way; that this particular per- 
son would be the voice of one crying in the 
wilderness, Prepare ye the way of the Lord. 
So the people would know John to be that 
person who was to go on before the Lord to 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 175 

prepare his way, and might now expect to see 
the promised Savior of the world. 

You may now see why John was called 
the prophet of the Lord; that as a herald he 
proclaimed his coming, and pointed him out 
to the people, that they might know the very 
person who was the Savior of the world. 

You may now repeat the verses in the be- 
ginning of the lesson. 

(The children repeat.) 
"If I were a voice," etc. 



LESSON III. 

ABOUT THE NATIVITY OF JESUS CHRIST THE LORD. 

PART FIRST. 

"Let children hail the Savior's birth! 
He comes to bless our ruined earth; 
He comes with pardoning love and grace, 
To save our guilty, dying race. 

Hail, Jesus, hail I with heart and voice 
We sing thy welcome, and rejoice; 
And while we live shall praise to thee 
Our song and joy forever be." 

Dear children, you know how the people 
of the world were destroyed by the flood 
which God brought upon the earth, that there 



176 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

was no one in all the world but Noah and 
his family. But the sons of Noah had chil- 
dren, and grandchildren, and their children 
had children and grandchildren, and so on. 
So that the world was filled with people again, 
as you now see it. 

You remember, children, about the prom- 
ise of God to Adam and Eve; how a child 
should be born, who would one day destroy 
all the power of Satan, and so bring the 
world back again to God. 

Now, it was a very long time from the cre- 
ation of the world to the time when God de- 
stroyed the earth by the flood; and it was 
many hundred years, even after the flood, be- 
fore God fulfilled his promise, and sent his 
Son into the world. 

You see, God would have all the people 
of the world know about his Son after the 
flood, as well as before, how he would come 
into the world to die for them, that they 
might be saved from their sins. 

From time to time, that is, every now arid 
then, the prophets would prophesy about the 
coming Savior, as they were taught of God. 
They not only told how it would be with 
him while he would be in this world, and 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 177 

about his death; but they told about his 
mother ; that she was to be a virgin, and 
what time he might be expected to come into 
the world ; that his mother being of the fam- 
ily of King David, he would be born a prince 
as well as a Savior, and would have a right 
to the throne of David. 

A king is a ruler, and the place where he 
Bits to rule the people, and give them laws, 
is called a "throne." 

David was one of the first kings who ruled 
over the people called the Jews. And the 
Jews, children, were a very particular peo- 
ple, they were the people whom God had 
chosen for himself, that he might teach them 
about his Son, and so let them know of what 
nation the Savior would come. 

Jesus was sometimes called the Son of Da- 
vid, because he was a descendant of King 
David, and had a right to his throne, as a 
prince or a king. 

When did Grod send his Son into the 

world? Was it after the flood or before it? 

(Replies.) How did the people after the 

flood get to know about the promised Savior ? 

(Replies.) How would the prophets get to 

know things about the coming Savior, so 

12 



178 ENFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

many hundred years before he lived on the 
earth, or before the things they told were to 
come to pass? Who would instruct them? 
(Replies.) How were they to prophesy? 

Of what king was Jesus a descendant? 
(Replies.) By right of his mother Jesus 
was born a prince, and was an heir to a par- 
ticular throne. Whose throne was it? (Re- 
plies.) Through whom did Jesus become an 
heir to the throne of David? You know to 
be an heir to the throne, is to have a right 
to be a king. (Replies.) Of what family 
did his mother belong? (Replies.) Yes, 
and as such, over what people would he have 
a right to be king? (Replies.) Why had 
Jesus a right to be king over the Jews? 
(Replies : Jesus would have a right to be 
king over the Jews because he was a de- 
scendant of King David, and belonged to the 
house of David.) Who were the Jews? 
(Replies.) 

God taught the Jews about his Son, and 
the Jews were to let the other people of the 
world know how he would come> and where 
he would be found, as well as of what peo- 
ple he would come. 

When the proper time came in which God 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 179 

would fulfill his promise, the Son of God 
came into the world, in the very way the 
prophets said he would come. 

Some months after the angel Gabriel had 
appeared to Zacharias, and told him his wife 
should have a son, he appeared to Mary, the 
cousin of Elisabeth, for God had now sent 
him with a message to Mary; and how would 
Mary feel when she would see the angel ? and 
what would God have the angel to tell Mary? 
You shall hear about it, children. 

When Mary first saw the angel she was 
afraid, but the angel said to her, "Fear not, 
Mary, for thou hast found favor with God," 
and told her she was to be the mother of 
the Son of God, and that when the babe 
would be born, she was to call his name 
"Jesus." For he should save his people 
from their sins. The word Jesus means 
Savior. 

Then the angel appeared to Joseph, the 
person to whom Mary was promised to be 
married, and told him that by the power of 
the Holy Spirit Mary would be the mother 
of the promised Savior of the world. 

What a precious name the name of Jesus 
is! It shows God's good-will to man, that he 



180 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

would have us saved from our sins. Will 
you not love that name more than ever, now 
that you know, children, what it means? 

There is a hymn about the name of Jesus. 
I will sing the verses for you, and you may 
join in the chorus. 

(The teacher and children sing.) 

u There is no name so sweet on earth, 
No name so sweet in heaven, 
The name, before his wondrous birth, 
To Christ the Savior given. 

CHORUS. 

We love to sing around our King, 
And hail him blessed Jesus ! 

For there 's no name 

So dear, so sweet as Jesus. 

His human name they did proclaim, 
When Abram's son they sealed him, 

The name that still, by God's good will, 
Deliverer revealed him. 

Chorus — We love to sing, etc. 

And when he hung upon the tree, 
They wrote this name above him, 

That all might see the reason we 
For evermore must love him. 
Chorus — We love to sing, etc. 

So, now upon his Father's throne, 

Almighty to release us 
From sin and pain, he gladly reigns, 

The Prince and Savior Jesus. 
Chorus — I love to sing," etc. 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 181 

LESSON IV. 

ABOUT THE NATIVITY OF JESUS CHRIST THE LORD. 
PART SECOND. 

How did Mary feel when she saw the 
angel? (Replies.) What did the angel 
say to Mary to encourage her not to be 
afraid of him? (Replies.) What did the 
angel tell Mary? (Replies.) What did the 
angel tell Joseph to do? (Replies.) Who 
was Joseph ? (Replies.) What did the angel 
tell Joseph Mary's first-born son should be? 
(Replies.) What name did the angel say to 
both Mary and Joseph they should call him? 
(Replies.) How was Mary to be the mother 
of the Son of God? (Replies: By the power 
of the Holy Ghost.) 

So Joseph, as he was instructed of God by 
the angel, took Mary to be his wife. Their 
home was in Nazareth, a town of Judea, in 
the country of Canaan, and now known by 
the name of Palestine. 

After some months, along with many other 
people, Joseph aDd Mary were obliged by 
the laws of the land to leave their home for 



182 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

a short time, and go to Bethlehem, another 
town of Judea, where King David was born. 
For Joseph as well as Mary was a descendant 
of King David, and belonged to the family 
of David. 

The people had now assembled at Bethle- 
hem in such numbers, that when Joseph and 
Mary arrived in the city there was no room 
for them in the inn, that is, in the public 
house or hotel, and so they had to lodge in 
a place that w r as a sort of barn or stable for 
camels and other beasts. 

But why did they not go to some private 
house ? 

It was a common thing for travelers to 
lodge in these barns or stables, being partly 
built for that purpose; and it might be Joseph 
and Mary were strangers in Bethlehem, and 
had no friend's house to go to, and would 
have to go where they could be accommo- 
dated. 

And while they were there what happened? 
that is, what great event took place? I will 
tell you, children. Our blessed Redeemer 
was born. Mary brought forth her first-born 
son and wrapped him in swaddling clothes, 
or bands — as was the custom in those times — ■ 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 183 

and laid him. in a manger. She had no 
pillow — only straw, to lay him on. 

What is here meant by a manger, children, 
is a stall. For you know stables have 
mangers or stalls in them, that is, places for 
the beasts to stand in. And people who have 
traveled through that country tell us that in 
these mangers there are troughs, from which 
the beasts are fed. It might be some such 
place in which the infant Redeemer was laid. 

Now you may sing. 

(The children sing.) 

" Christ was born in Bethlehem, 
Christ was born in Bethlehem, 
- Christ was born in Bethlehem, 
And in a manger laid." 

Was Jesus born to poverty or to wealth? 
Jesus was born to poverty. Is it any dis- 
honor to be poor? 

Do you know what these stables were 
called? I will tell you. They were called 
caravansaries ; but why ? You know a cara- 
van is a company of persons with their beasts 
traveling together over a desert, or some part 
of a country to another place. 

You can see for yourselves, children, why 
these stables, such as our Redeemer was born 



184 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

in, might be called " caravansaries,' r that a 
company of persons with their beasts, travel- 
ing together, could lodge in them. (The 
teacher should have a picture of Oriental 
buildings, and hold it up before the 
class.) 

This picture, children, represents the in- 
terior or inner part of a building roughly 
finished, having the common conveniences of 
a stable, mangers, or places for the beasts, 
with troughs for the cattle's food. Coarse 
straw is scattered about, and some of it is 
gathered, and helps to soften the infant's bed. 
How gently the mother lays her helpless 
babe upon his coarse bed I Who ever had 
a humbler or more lowly birthplace than the 
Redeemer of the world ? Yet he was greater 
than any prince that was ever born in a 
palace ; he was the Prince of Peace, King of 
kings, and Lord of lords. 

But why did Jesus leave his Father's 
throne on high and come into this world and 
become poor? 

Children, you may repeat the text in the 
Bible about it. 

(The children repeat.) 

"Though he was rich, yet for your sakes he 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 185 

became poor, that ye through his poverty 
might be rich;" that is, rich in heaven. 

There are some verses which mothers some- 
times sing to their little ones. You may now 
repeat them. 

(The children repeat.) 

"How much, better thou'rt attended 

Than the Son of God could be, 

When from heaven he descended 

And became a child like thee I 

Soft and easy is thy cradle, 
Coarse and hard my Savior lay, 

When his birthplace was a stable, 
And his softest bed was hay. 

May'st thou live to know and fear him, 
Trust and love him all thy days ; 

Then go dwell forever near him, 
See his face and sing his praise." 



LESSON V. 

ABOUT THE NATIVITY OF JESUS CHRIST THE LORD. 
PART THIRD. 

Pear children, you have seen from the 
last lesson how Jesus was once an infant. 
What is an infant ? (Eeplies.) 

Now, many people came to see the infant 
Savior, but how would people know the 



186 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

Savior was born? You shall hear about it. 
First, the angel of the Lord appeared to 
some shepherds, who were watching their 
flocks by night in a field near Bethlehem, to 
tell them the Savior was born. 

You know a shepherd is one who takes 
care of sheep. These shepherds had to tend 
their sheep by night, and why? to protect 
them from wild beasts and robbers. 

When the angel of the Lord appeared to 
the shepherds, the glory of the Lord shone 
round about them and they were afraid. 

What is here meant by the glory of the 
Lord is a bright light; but what light was it, 
children? Angels shine like the sun, but 
God shines brighter than the sun. It was 
neither the light of the moon nor of the 
sun. 

You see, this light was some of God's 
glorious brightness, called "the glory of the 
Lord." 

And when the shepherds saw the angel 
and the light, how were they affected? (Re- 
plies.) 

And the angel said to the shepherds, " Fear 
not, I bring you good tidings of great joy, 
which shall be to all people. For unto you 



. INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 187 

is born this day in the city of David a Savior, 
which is Christ the Lord." And he told them 
how they would know the Savior, that they 
would find the babe wrapped in swaddliDg 
clothes lying in a manger. And suddenly 
while the angel was talking, there appeared 
with him a multitude of the heavenly host, 
that is, many more angels, praising God and 
saying, Glory to God in the highest, and on 
earth peace, good-will toward men. 

There are some verses about this part of 
the lesson. You may repeat them. 

(The children repeat.) 

"While shepherds watched, their flocks by night, 
All seated on the ground, 
The angel of the Lord came down, 
And glory shone around. 

Fear not, said he, for mighty dread 

Had seized their troubled minds, 
Glad tidings of great joy I bring, 

To you and all mankind. 

To you in David's town this day, 

Is born of David's line, 
The Savior, who is Christ the Lord, 

And this shall be the sign. 

The heavenly babe you there shall find 

To human view displayed, 
All meanly wrapt in swaddling bands, 

And in a manger laid. 



188 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

Thus spoke the seraph, and forthwith 

Appeared a shining throng 
Of angels, praising God on high, 

Who thus addressed their song : 

All glory be to God on high, 

And on the earth be peace ; 
Good-will henceforth from heaven to man 

Begin and never cease." 

And when the angels were gone away into 
heaven again, the shepherds said one to 
another, "Let us go even unto Bethlehem 
and see this thing which has come to pass 
which the Lord hath made known unto us. 
And they went immediately with haste and 
found Mary, and Joseph, and the babe, as 
the angel had said, lying in a manger, and 
they rejoiced greatly." 

And do you think they would keep what 
they had seen a secret? 0, no! Jesus was 
the Savior of the world. The shepherds 
would have the people of Bethlehem know 
their Savior was born, and to spread the 
glorious news abroad, they told what they 
had seen and heard, and returned to their 
homes glorifying and praising God. 

And when the infant Savior was eight days 
old his parents had him called Jesus, according 
to God's law, which you know was to be Jesus. 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 189 

Who did the . angels say the Savior was 
when they told the shepherds he was born? 
(Replies.) Yes. And so he is called Jesus 
Christ the Lord. 

God's chosen people were said to be the 
children of Abraham. And, yon know, Jesus 
came of the chosen people, for his mother, 
as well as Joseph, were of the Jewish nation. 

Children, you may sing the hymn about 
the name that was given to the Savior when 
he was eight days old. 

(The children sing.) 

"There is a name so sweet on earth," etc. 



LESSON VI. 

ABOUT THE NATIVITY OF JESUS CHRIST THE LORD. 
• PART FOURTH. 

I will now tell you, children, about some 
other persons who came to see the infant 
Savior. 

Joseph and Mary having brought the child 
Jesus into the Temple at Jerusalem, to pre- 
sent him to the Lord, as was the custom, 
Simeon came in to see him. 

But how could Simeon know that the child 



190 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

Jesus was in the Temple? Simeon, children, 
was a very good man. The Lord had told 
him he should not die till he had seen the 
Savior. And as he was waiting to see him, 
for he was now very old, the Holy Spirit 
directed him to come into the Temple; and 
when he had found him he took him up in 
his arms and said, "Now lettest thou thy 
servant depart in peace, for mine eyes have 
seen thy salvation." 

Children, Jesus is the salvation of God. 
You know the meaning of his name. In 
Jesus God can have mercy upon poor sinners 
that they may be saved. 

Simeon had now seen the salvation of God 
for himself; he knew that in Jesus he was 
saved. 

While Simon had the child Jesus in his 
arms, and was talking about' him, another 
person came in to see the infant Savior — 
Anna the prophetess, who was a widow of 
great age, and served God night and day 
with fastings and prayers; and when she saw 
the child she thanked God, and spoke of him 
to others. 

After this, where did Joseph and Mary go 
with the child Jesus? for you know they 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 191 

were now in the great city of Jerusalem, 
where the Temple was. 

As the Savior was born, it would seem 
Joseph and Mary thought they must now 
leave Bethlehem. So they left Jerusalem 
and went to Nazareth to get their things, 
and then left Nazareth and went back to 
Bethlehem to make it their home. 

How long was it from the creation of the 
world to the time when the Savior was born? 
It was four thousand and four years. When 
was Christ born ? (Replies.) You may sing 
the verse about it. 

(The children sing.) 
11 Christ was born in Bethlehem," etc. 

Now, children, I will tell you about some 
persons who came a great distance to see the 
infant Savior, after Joseph and Mary had re- 
turned to Bethlehem — wise men from the 
East. God made known to them that the 
Savior was born by a star, which appeared in 
the East where they lived. But how would 
they know where to find the Savior? God 
caused the star to go on before them till ib 
came and stood over where the young child 
was. 

First, the wise men followed the star till 



192 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

they came to Jerusalem, and here they 
stopped to inquire of Herod the king where 
they might find the Savior, saying, "Where 
is he that is born King of the Jews, for 
we have seen his star in the east, and have 
come to worship him?" 

Whom did the wise men mean by the King 
of the Jews? (Replies: Jesus.) Why was 
the star called his star? The prophets had 
told about this star; but what kind of a star 
do you suppose it was? It was a bright 
light that looked like a star. 

Now, when King Herod heard what' the 
wise men said he was troubled; for he thought 
the new-born king would take away his king- 
dom. He inquired of the chief priests and 
scribes where the prophets had said Christ 
should be born, and they told him that 
Christ was to be born in Bethlehem of 
Judea. 

So he told the wise men to go and find 
the child, and when they had found him to 
bring him word, saying, that I may worship 
him also. And did Herod really wish to 
worship Jesus, think you? He only wished 
to know where he was that he might destroy 
him, that is, kill him. 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 193 

The star was waiting for the wise men, and 
when they saw the star they rejoiced with 
exceeding great joy? They followed it to 
Bethlehem, till it stood still over the very 
house where the Savior was ; and when they 
had found the young child with Mary his 
mother, they fell down and worshiped him ; 
and they presented unto him gifts, gold, 
frankincense, and myrrh. 

You see, the wise men not only honored 
the Savior as a king, by presenting him with 
a present of gold, but they honored him, 
also, as a God and Savior by offering him 
frankincense and myrrh, costly and precious 
gems used in offering sacrifices. 

And being warned of God in a dream not 
to go back to Herod, the wise men returned 
home to their own country another way. 

Children, do you not love to worship the 
Savior? Does it not give you joy to hear 
about Jesus the Savior of the world, and tell 
others about him, how he was born that he 
might become our Savior? 

You may now sing the verses you sung 
in the first of the lesson. 

(The children sing.) 

"Let children hail the Savior's birth," etc. 
13 



194 INFANT CLASS MANUAL, 



LESSON VII. 

ABOUT THE HOLT CHILD JESUS, OR THE FLIGHT 

INTO EGYPT— AND JESUS WHEN BUT 

TWELVE YEAKS OF AGE. 

"Jesus Christ loves little children, 
And he waits to do them good; 
Should not children, then, love Jesus? 
Yes, indeed, they always should. 

When they sing a hymn to praise him, 
He delights that hymn to hear; 

When they kneel to pray before him, 
He attends, for he is near. 

He can keep them safe from danger, 
Guide them all the time they live ; 

Then let children come to Jesus, 
Who has so much good to give." 

Dear children, we told you in your last 
lesson about the wise men ; that when they 
stopped at Jerusalem to inquire where they 
might find the King of the Jews, the young 
child, whose star they had seen in the East, 
Herod was troubled, and having found where 
the prophets had said where the Savior was 
to be born; how he sent them to Bethlehem, 
and told them when they had found the 
child, to let him know; but that being warned 
of God in a dream, they did not let King 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 195 

Herod know where the child was, and so re- 
turned home to their own country another 
way. 

What child did both Herod and the wise 
men wish to find? (Replies: The child 
Jesus.) 

Now, when the wise men had left Bethle- 
hem, an angel of the Lord appeared to Jo- 
seph in a dream, and said to him, "Arise 
and take the young child and his mother, 
and flee into Egypt, and be thou there until 
I bring thee word, for Herod will seek the 
young child to destroy him. When he arose, 
he took the young child and his mother by 
night, and departed into Egypt." Why did 
they have to flee into Egypt? (Replies.) 

You see they could be quite safe in Egypt, 
for Egypt was governed by another king, and 
Herod could not hurt the child there. And 
you know they went by night, while people 
were asleep, so that it was dark and no one 
could see where they went. 

How could Herod^seek the young child to 
destroy him? You shall hear about it, chil- 
dren, what he did. 

When King Herod saw that the wise men 
had not done what he required of them, that 



196 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

they had disobeyed him, he was exceedingly 
angry, and sent forth and slew all the chil- 
dren that were in Bethlehem, from two years 
old and under; that is, all that were less than 
two years old. And the poor mothers of 
Bethlehem were weeping and mourning for 
their children. 

King Herod killed all the children of 
Bethlehem that were two years old and un- 
der, that he might be certain that Jesus was 
put to death; but was the child Jesus killed? 
No. You know Jesus was not there, that his 
Father, God, had sent him away to Egypt ; 
he would not let Herod kill him. 

You can see for yourselves, children, how 
God saw the wicked thought that was in 
Herod's heart. He knew Herod did not 
wish to worship Jesus, that he only wished 
to destroy him; but God took care of the 
child. 

When Herod deceived the wise men, by 
causing them to think he wished to worship, 
when he intended to kill him, which of the 
ten commandments did he break? (Replies.) 
You may repeat the ninth commandment. 

(The children repeat.) 

" Thou shalt not," etc. 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 197 

And now that Herod had murdered the 
dear little ones of Bethlehem, which of the 
commandments had he broken? (Replies.) 
You may repeat that commandment. 

(The children repeat.) 

"Thou shalt not kill." 

Herod killed all the dear little children in 
Bethlehem ; but "God took care of their souls. 
He took them home to heaven, and punished 
the cruel and the wicked king. 

There is a hymn about these things. You 
may repeat it, children. 

(The children repeat.) 

" Behold liow God with watchful care, 
Preserve the child from Herod's snare; 
Guards him from every hurtful thing, 
But strikes with death the cruel king. 

Let parents trust their faithful God, 
Lean on his staff and kiss his rod ; 
Bind his rich promise to their heart, 
Nor from his law and love depart. 

Hear now his Word and do his will ; 
In darkness trust his presence still; 
In his kind arm your children lay, 
And follow where he marks the way. 

The rich provisions of his grace, 
Our children and ourselves embrace; 
And in his guardian care we '11 trust, 
E'en though he lay them in the dust." 



198 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 



LESSON VIII. 

ABOUT JESUS. 

You remember that Joseph was to remain 
in Egypt till the angel would bring him word 
what he was to do. So when Herod was 
dead God sent the angel again to Joseph, 
and told him to return to the land of Israel, 
as one of the prophets had said, "Out of 
Egypt have I called my Son." 

And Joseph took Jesus and Mary, his 
mother, and went back to the land of Israel, 
and they all lived in the town of Nazareth. 

And the child Jesus grew more and more 
lovely; soon he began to walk and talk. He 
obeyed his parents. He was so good that he 
never did any thing wrong, and never sinned 
any. He was a very wise child, and loved to 
think about God. God his Father loved 
him because he was so good. And every one 
who knew him loved him. The older he 
grew the more they loved him. 

Children, would you not wish to mind 
your parents, and be good like the child 
Jesus, so as to have your Heavenly Father 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 199 

love you as well as your friends, and all who 
may be acquainted with you? 

There are some verses that will help you 
to remember about it, to try to be good like 
him. You may repeat them. 

(The children repeat.) 

"Jesus Christ my Lord and Savior, 
Once became a child like me; 
0, that in my whole behavior 
He my pattern still might be ! 

All my nature is unholy, 

Pride and passion dwell within; 

And the Lord was meek and lowly, 
And was never known to sin. 

While I 'm often vainly trying 
Some new pleasure to possess, 

He was always self-denying, 
Patient in his worst distress. 

Let me never be forgetful 

Of his precepts any more; 
Cross and passionate and fretful, 

As I've often been before."* 

Dear children, we told you in the last 
lesson about Joseph, that the angel having 
brought him word Herod was dead, and told 
him to return to the land of Israel; how 
he took the child Jesus and his mother and 
brought them back to their own country, and 
all lived in the town of Nazareth. You know 



200 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

Nazareth was the town in which Joseph and 
Mary lived before Jesus was born. 

We also told you about the child Jesus, 
how very lovely he was; that he never did 
any thing wrong, and never sinned any; that 
he loved to think about God, and that God, 
his Father, loved him, and every one who 
knew him loved him. 

Children, would you not like to be like 
the child Jesus? Then try to do as he did, 
and ask God to make you good and holy. 

You may repeat the hymn which you said 
over in the forepart of the lesson. 

(The children repeat.) 
Jesus Christ my Lord and Savior," etc. 

Perhaps you wonder why Joseph did not 
go back to Bethlehem ? I will tell you, chil- 
dren, how that was. You see, Herod's son 
was king instead of his father, so that Jo- 
seph was rather afraid, and thought that 
Nazareth would be a safer place for the child 
Jesus to be in than Bethlehem. 

Now, as Jesus was twelve years of age, 
his parents took him with them to Jerusa- 
lem, where they went at a certain time 
every year to attend a great religious feast 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 201 

of the Jews called the "Passover," and so 
worshiped the Lord. 

You know, children, about how God taught 
people a way to keep his promise in mind 
that he would send Jesus into the world to 
redeem them by his blood. So, you see, at 
the Feast of the Passover the people would 
have a lamb sacrificed, which would show 
how the Savior would die once to take away 
sin. 

You may now sing the hymn about the 
Lamb. You know Jesus was to be the real 
Lamb. 

(The children sing.) 



LESSON IX. 

ABOUT JESUS WITH THE TEACHERS OF THE LAW IN 
THE TEMPLE. 

After the Feast of the Passover was 
over, and the people were ready to return 
home, Joseph and Mary, with a company of 
friends and relatives who were going in the 
same direction, all left Jerusalem together; 
but Jesus remained behind ; his parents sup- 



202 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

posed him to be in the company with some 
of their relatives, and so did not miss him 
till they had gone a long way on their 
journey, and when he could not be found 
they immediately returned to Jerusalem; and 
on going to the Temple, to their great sur- 
prise, they found him sitting among the 
learned men, both hearing and asking them 
questions. 

Children, you may look for a moment at 
the child Jesus as his parents found him in 
the Temple after looking for him for three 
days. He is surrounded by learned men, 
he only twelve years of age. You see the 
learned men; they are listening to what he 
says ; they are astonished at his wisdom and 
understanding. 

Where would Jesus get his great wisdom? 
Jesus was not only good and holy, but he 
was God's own Son, and was like God, and 
was God. This was why Jesus had such 
wisdom. And his mother said to him, Son, 
why hast thou thus dealt with us? behold 
thy father and I have sought thee sorrowing. 
Jesus seemed surprised that they could either 
think him lost or found when he was only 
obeying a higher parent than either his 



X 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 203 

mother or Joseph, and said, Wist ye not that 
I must be about my Father's business? 

In what way would Jesus be about his 
Father's business ? It would be by obeying, 
loving, and serving him with all his heart. 

There are some verses which you may 
repeat. 

(The children repeat.) 

"So young, and at my Fathers work, 
While yet in tender youth? 
Dear Jesus, I would follow thee, 
And early seek thy truth. 

The house of God shall be my choice, 

His Word my richest joy; 
There shall I hear my Father's voice, 

And there my heart employ. 

My early years, my strongest powers, 

I consecrate to thee; 
My waking and my sleeping hours 

Forever thine shall be." 

What would Jesus do? Would he live 
with his parents again? Soon we find then] 
all on their way to Nazareth, where Jesus 
lived with his parents as a dutiful and 
obedient child. The Bible tells us that he 
was subject unto his parents, which means, 
children, that he submitted to be guided and 
controlled by them. 

Jesus not only showed children how they 



204 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

were to love and serve God with all the 
heart, but he set them an example of filial 
obedience, that is, obedience to parents. In 
which of the ten commandments does Grod ; 
require us to render such obedience to par- 
ents? (Replies.) You may repeat the fifth 
commandment. 



LESSON X. 

ABOUT THE BAPTISM OF JESUS. 

"Soon as I heard my Father say, 
Ye children seek my grace; 
My heart replied, without delay, 
I'll seek my Father's face. 

Let not thy face be hid from me, 

Nor frown my soul away; 
God of my life I'll fly to thee, 

In each distressing, day. 

Should friends and kindred near and dear, 

Leave me to want or die, 
My God will make my life his care, 

And all my need supply. 

Wait on the Lord, ye trembling saints, 

And keep your courage up; 
He r ll raise your spirit when it faints, 

And far exceed your hope." 

Dear children, you know about John the 
Baptist, how he was to prepare the way for 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 205 

Jesus to begin his great work of saving sin- 
ners, and was to point him out to the people, 
that they might know who he was — that he 
was the Son of God, the promised Savior of 
this world. 

But how would John himself know who 
the Savior was when he should come, that 
he might point him out and declare him to 
be the Savior of the world ? I will tell 
you. 

You see, from what John knew of Jesus 
he would believe in him, that he was the 
promised Savior of the w T orld ; but then he 
could not point him out to the people as the 
Savior till God would give him a sign that 
Jesus was his son, whom he had sent into 
the world to save sinners, as he had promised 
John he would. 

You shall now hear how it came that God 
gave John the sign that Jesus was his Son, 
as well as what the sign was. 

Now, when Jesus was about thirty years 
of age, he came from Galilee to Judea to 
John to be baptized of him. But John was 
unwilling to baptize him, saying, I have need 
to be baptized of thee, and comest thou to 
me? 



206 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

You see, John felt that he was not good 
enough to baptize so holy a person as Jesus. 

Jesus, however, said to John, Suffer it to 
be so now, for thus it becometh us to fulfill 
all righteousness. 

So John consented to baptize Jesus. 

And having baptized him, as Jesus went 
up straightway out of the water, what did 
John see? Lo! the heavens were opened to 
him, and John saw the Spirit of God de- 
scending like a dove and lighting upon Jesus. 
And lo, a voice from heaven saying, This is 
my beloved Son in whom I am well pleased. 

As Jesus went up from the water, what 
took place ? (Replies : The heavens were 
opened, and the Spirit of God descended and 
lighted upon Jesus.) What way did the 
Spirit descend? (Replies: Like a dove.) 
Who saw the Spirit? (Replies: John.) Yes. 
And it was the sign which had been prom- 
ised to John, by which he should know that 
Jesus was the Son of God. What voice was 
heard from heaven ? (Replies : This is my 
beloved Son.) Who uttered the voice ? (Re- 
plies: God the Father.) Why were these 
words spoken? (Replies: That the people 
might know Jesus was the Son of God.) 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 207 

There are some verses, children, that will 
help you to remember about this, and you 
may repeat them. 

(The children repeat.) 

"Lo, a voice from heaven is heard, 

Listen now to every word ; 
* This is my beloved Son, 

Christ the Lord, the Holy One ! 

Hear ye him!' commands the voice, 
'Hear your Savior and rejoice. 

Pleased in him, my Son I love; 

See, on him I send the Dove.' 

Children, Jesus comes to you, 

Will you love and praise him, too? 

Give your hearts to him, and pray 

That your sins be washed away ?" 



LESSON XI. 

THE TEMPTATION OF JESUS. 

I will now tell you something, children, 
about Jesus, when he had been in a wilder- 
ness forty days and nights and had eaten 
nothing all that time. 

After Jesus was baptized he went into a 
wilderness place by himself alone, it would 
seem, to pray and think about the great 
work he had now, to begin to be the Savior 
of the world; for Jesus was God's Lamb, and 



208 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

must die to take away sin and give the Holy 
Spirit, so that he might put the law of God 
in the mind and heart, that sinners might be 
saved. 

But how could Jesus live so long without 
eating any thing? God strengthened the 
body of Jesus and kept it alive. 

Did any one ever fast so long a time as 
Jesus? Yes, children, Moses, who gave God's 
holy law to the Israelites, and Elijah, a great 
prophet, both of these men, like Jesus, fasted 
forty days and nights. 

You know what a wilderness is ; that it is 
a wild, lonely place where there are no houses 
or people, but where there are wild beasts. 
It was into such a place as this that Jesus 
went. Jesus could keep the wild beasts 
from hurting him, for he created them. 

Now, when Jesus had been in the wilder- 
ness forty days and nights, who should come 
to him to tempt him but Satan? I can not 
tell you, children, how Satan looked. But it 
may be that he came pretending to be a man 
who would wish to know something more 
about Jesus being the Son of God. Satan 
knew that Jesus was that mighty Prince who 
was to destroy all his power, and would wish 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 209 

if possible to get him to give up the thought 
of bringing the world back again to God, so 
as to save people from their sins. And, 
knowing that Jesus was very hungry, he 
thought it would be a good time to tempt 
him to do as he would wish him to, and so 
came to J sus, as we have told you, pretend- 
ing to be a man who would wish to know 
something more about Jesus being the Son 
of God, and said, If thou be the Son of God, 
command that these stones be made bread. 
And Jesus answer him and said, Man shall 
not live by bread alone, but by every word 
of God. That means, bread only feeds our 
bodies, but we must have the Word of God 
to feed our souls. 

Then Satan took Jesus to the top of the 
Temple, a very high part, and said to him, 
If thou be the Son of God, throw thyself 
down this place; your Father will send his 
angels to keep you from being hurt, for you 
know how he has promised to take care of 
you. But Jesus would not do so, and told 
him what the Word of God said ; that it said, 
Thou shalt not tempt the Lord thy God. 

Then the devil took Jesus up into a high 

mountain, and in some way showed him all 

14 



210 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

the kingdoms of the world, and the glory of 
them, and said to him, All these things will 
I give thee if thou wilt fall down and wor- 
ship me. 

And now what did Jesus say ? He called 
him by his name, and said, Get thee hence, 
Satan, God's Word is, Thou shalt worship the 
Lord thy God, and him only shalt thou 
serve. It showed Satan how he could not 
be master, for God was master over all in 
heaven and earth. 

You remember Adam and Eve minded 
Satan and disobeyed God. How did Jesus 
do ? He did all that his Father wished him 
to, and was obedient. 

Then Satan had to go away. And the 
angels of God came and ministered to Jesus, 
that is, gave him some food. 

Children, I hope you will not forget how 
Satan tempts people to do wickedly. He goes 
about seeking whom he may destroy. 

What does God tell us to do in his Word 
that we may avoid Satan? He tells us to 
draw nigh to God and he will draw nigh to 
us. Resist the devil and he will flee from 
you. 

If you but mind what God has said, pray 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 211 

to him, and trust in him, he will take care 
of you, and will not let Satan harm you. 

You may now sing the first hymn in the 
lesson. 

(The children sing.) 
" Soon as I heard my Father say," etc. 



LESSON XII. 

ABOUT JESUS, OR THE FIRST MIRACLE— THE WATER 
MADE WINE. 

" Deeply are our hearts polluted, 

He can cleanse and keep them clean; 
To his holy nature suited, 

While his witness dwells within." 



u How dreadful, Lord, will be the day 
When all the tribes of dead shall rise; 
And those who dared to disobey 

Be dragg'd before thine angry eyes ! 

Great God, I tremble at the thought, 
And at thy feet for mercy bend; 

That when to judgment I am brought, 
The Judge himself may be my friend." 

Dear children, it is said that Jesus now 
began to do many wonderful works called 
miracles. What is a miracle? A miracle i3 
something which can not be done by any 
power but by God's power alone. 



212 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

You shall now hear about the beginning 
of miracles, that is, the first one Jesus per- 
formed, which we read of in the New Testa- 
ment. 

After the temptation of Satan in the wilder- 
ness, Jesus returned to Bethabara, where 
John was baptizing, and a few days after- 
ward we find him in Cana, a town in Galilee, 
six miles from his own home, where, with his 
mother and some disciples, he attended a 
wedding feast. 

What was the name of the town in which 
Jesus lived with his parents? (Replies.) 
How far was it from Cana to Nazareth? 
(Replies.) In what place were both of these 
towns, Cana and Nazareth? (Replies.) 

It was customary among the more respect- 
able people in those countries for wedding 
feasts to last seven days, and it was also 
customary to have wine at weddings. 

One of the persons who were married, it is 
supposed, was a relative of the mother of 
Jesus. 

Now, as it would seem from some reason 
or other, there was not wine enough for the 
whole time of the feast, and that the mother 
of Jesus did not wish the company to know 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 213 

there was no wine; and so, knowing about 
her son, that he was not only kind but would 
have power to help the family in their trouble, 
she went to Jesus and said to him, They 
have no wine. And Jesus answering his 
mother said, Woman, what is that to thee? 
mine hour is not yet come. What is it to 
thee? that is, what is it to you and me — to 
us; as if he had said, What is it to us — to 
you and me? it does not belong to us to 
provide for the feast. You shall see my 
great works when the proper time comes for 
me to work. 

The mother of Jesus having told the serv- 
ants to do whatsoever her son would bid 
them do, Jesus looked and saw six large 
water-pots, or stone jars kept for the purpose 
of holding water, and he told the servants to 
fill them with water; and when the servants 
had filled the whole six jars with water to 
the very brim, Jesus told them to take some 
of it out and give it to the governor, or ruler 
of the feast, that is, the person who takes 
care of the feast; and the servants took some 
out; but what now had happened to the 
water? The water was changed into wine ! 
The servants could see that it was red, 



214 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

they could smell the flavor that it was 
wine. 

Now, the ruler of the feast did not know 
about the wine, how it was made, nor where 
it came from, but when he had tasted it, he 
declared it good wine; calling over, that is, 
across the table, to the bridegroom, he told 
him people generally gave their best wine 
at the beginning of the feast, and the poorer 
wine toward the last of the feast, but he had 
given them the poorer wine first, and kept 
the good wine till now, that is, for the last 
of the feast. 

You see, Jesus could change water into 
wine, for he was the Lord, and created the 
waters. 

When the disciples of Jesus saw his great 
power, they knew him to be the Christ, and 
believed that he was the Son of God. 

When Jesus would speak to his mother, by 
what name would he call her? (Replies.) 
Yes; the appellation Woman was considered 
honorable as well as respectful. 

In answering his mother as he did, did 
Jesus mean to reprove his mother for speak- 
ing to him about the wine? No; but he 
would wish his mother to see that the proper 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 215 

time had not yet come for him to begin his 
great works, and show forth his glorious 
character and power; yet, while he let her 
know this in as gentle a manner as possible, 
he showed his mother his love for her by at- 
tending to her wishes, and so provided the 
wine that was needed for the rest of the feast. 

You see, Jesus would have us feel the 
want of his mercy — feel our need of him in 
all our troubles, especially when we are in 
trouble about our sins, that we can not be 
saved without Jesus; while he would show us 
he knows best when and how to work so as to 
make known his glorious power to us, in 
saving us from our sins, that we may know 
Jesus, for ourselves, to be the Christ, the 
Son of God. 

There are some verses that will help you 
to remember about the first miracle Jesus 
performed; you may repeat them. 

(The children repeat.) 

"0, wondrous power! surprising skill! 
He changes water at Ms will ; 
And lo ! the sparkling wine, the best, 
Flows forth to cheer each wedding guest. 

My Lord, my God ! thy glories shine 
In this and every work of thine; 
And call my soul with joy to raise 
Her song of high, adoring praise." 



216 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

LESSON XIII. 

THE PURIFICATION OF THE TEMPLE. 

What did Jesus call his body? He called 
it a temple. Why? Because, as God, it was 
the place in which he was pleased to show 
forth his presence. 

Children, you may repeat what Jesus said 
about his body one time when talking with 
some persons. 

(The children repeat.) 

" Destroy this temple, and in three days I 
will build it up again." 

It is said of Jesus that he did his great 
works of his own power alone. 

After Jesus had turned water into wine, 
he, and his mother, and his disciples left 
Cana, and went for a short time to Caper- 
naum, and from that place all went to Jeru- 
salem to attend the Passover. At this feast 
Jesus did many wonderful works, and the 
people thought him to be a great prophet 
sent to them from God. 

In the place belonging to the Temple 
called the court, where the people would 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 217 

come to see the sacrifices offered and to wor- 
ship God, the people had been allowed to 
have booths and stalls, for the purpose of 
keeping sheep and oxen, as well as other 
things, to sell for the sacrifices; also, to have 
tables, where they might change money for 
the strangers who would come to attend the 
feast; and when Jesus saw this, he picked up 
some small cords and made him a whip of 
them, and as he held it up what did the peo- 
ple do but rush from before him in one great 
crowd out of the Temple court; and he drove 
out the sheep and oxen, and overthrew the 
tables of the money-changers, and said, Take 
these things hence! make not my Father's 
house a house of merchandise ! 

And some of the Jews came to Jesus and 
asked him to give them a sign of his au- 
thority; that is, whether he was a prophet, 
and had a right to drive the buyers and 
sellers out of the Temple. And Jesus said, 
Destroy this temple and in three days I will 
build it up again. 

What did Jesus mean? You see, he spoke 
of bis death and resurrection ; that when they 
would kill his body, he would raise it again 
by his own mighty power. 



218 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

But why did the people make such a great 
rush out from before the presence of Jesus 
when he had ever been so meek and mild, 
for seemingly he did not strike even one of 
the beasts, much less any of the people. Ah ! 
they could not stand the holy wrath — that 
is, a wrath without sin — that now flashed 
from the eyes of Jesus, nor stand the power 
of his words, while they beheld the uplifted 
whip in his hand. They felt how they had 
sinned, and thought God would now punish 
them for their wickedness. 

If the people could neither bear this wrath 
that flashed from the eyes of the meek and 
holy Jesus, nor stand the power of his words, 
while they beheld the uplifted whip in his 
hand, taking it to be a sign that God was 
about to give them some dreadful punish- 
ment, what will the wicked do in the last 
day? For when they shall see Jesus as he 
is with their own eyes, they will know the 
judgment-day, the day of punishment, has 
come. 

Jesus will then be the great Judge of all 
the earth. How will the sinner bear either 
his wrath or his words? 

"When John the Baptist pointed Jesus out 



INFANT C 



T CLASS MANUAL. 219 



to the people, what did he say? Children, 
you may repeat the text, that is, what John 
said. 

(The children repeat.) 

"Behold the Lamb of God which taketh 
away the sin of the world !" 

Children, Jesus would have us feel our 
need of him. Why? that he may take all 
our sins away — make our hearts clean and 
pure, and so save us from his wrath, and the 
punishment of God in the day of judgment. 

You may now sing the verse, children, at 
the beginning of Lesson XII. 

(The children sing.) 
"Deeply are our hearts polluted," etc. 



LESSON XIY. 

ABOUT JESUS AND THE WOMAN OF SAMARIA. 
PART FIRST. 

"Lord Jesus, teach a little child 
What this great change can be, 
And send thy Holy Spirit down 
To work that change in me. 

My heart is sinful and denied, 

I feel it every hour; 
Nor; can I ever change that heart 

Without thy Spirit's power. 



MANTL 



220 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

Come, then, Holy Spirit come! 

Renew this heart of mine ; 
I would be born again and cleansed 

By sovereign grace divine." 

Dear children, people would come in great 
crowds to hear Jesus preach, as well as to 
see and hear him perform miracles, but some- 
times Jesus would teach people in a more 
private way; that is to say, people would 
come to Jesus alone by themselves, and he 
would converse with them; while at other 
times, Jesus would take the opportunity him- 
self of speaking to persons when they would 
be alone, and so converse with them about 
the things of God. I will tell you about one 
of these conversations. 

The heart of Jesus was ever full of love 
and pity for poor sinners. So, after having 
attended the Feast of the Passover, and puri- 
fied the Temple court, and taught the people 
for a time near the Jordan, on leaving Judea 
to return to Galilee, he determined to go by 
the way of Samaria. 

When Jesus came to Samaria, near the 
city of Sychar, which at first was called 
Sychem, it was in the heat of the day, that is, 
about noon-time, and being wearied with his 
journey, Jesus sat down by a well, called 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 221 

Jacob's well, while his disciples went on to 
buy some victuals. 

Children, Jacob, the patriarch or father of 
the Israelites, was said to have lived once 
near this well, and he gave the ground to his 
son Joseph. 

You may now think for a moment about 
Jesus as he sits by the well. The weather 
is exceedingly warm, and he is weary from 
walking, he is hungry, and he is thirsty. 

Now, while Jesus sat by the well a woman 
of Samaria came with her pitcher to get some 
water, and being thirsty, Jesus asked her to 
give him a drink; and she refused, saying, 
How is it you ask drink of me, which am a 
woman of Samaria, for the Jews have no 
dealings with the Samaritans? As if she had 
said, Why do you ask me for a drink ? The 
Jews and the Samaritans are not friendly 
toward each other; they neither receive 
favors nor give favors. 

Jesus said to her, If thou knewest the gift 
of God — that is, what God could give — and 
who it is that saith to thee, Give me to drink, 
thou wouldst have asked of him and he would 
have givenWihee living water. The woman 
then said to Jesus, Sir, thou hast nothing to 



222 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

draw with, and the well is deep, whence then 
hast thou that living water? And Jesus 
said to her, Whosoever drinketh of this 
water shall thirst again, but whosoever drink- 
eth of the water that I shall give him shall 
never thirst; but the water that I shall give 
him shall be in him a well of water, spring- 
ing up into everlasting life. Then she said 
to Jesus, Sir, give me this water that I thirst 
not, neither come hither to draw. 

You see, the woman did not quite under- 
stand Jesus when he spoke of living water; 
she thought he meant some spring, the water 
of which was better than any other, and that 
if she could only have some it would make 
her quite happy, for she would never feel 
thirsty any more, and would save her the 
trouble of coming to the well to draw water, 
and so wished to have some of it. 

What was this living water that Christ 
could give? 

Children, this living water was the Holy 
Spirit. 

You see, the Holy Spirit is called water. 
Why? because as water makes our bodies 
clean, so the Holy Spirit washqj away our 
sins. 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 223 

Now, children, you may repeat the answer 
Jesus gave the woman when she told him he 
had nothing to draw with, that the well was 
deep, and wished to know where he had the 
living water he spoke of. 

(The children repeat.) 

"Whosoever drinketh of this water shall 
thirst again, but whosoever drinketh/' etc. 



LESSON XV. 

THE WOMAN OF SAMAKIA. 
PART SECOND. 

Now when the woman of Samaria wished 
for some of the living water that would make 
her happy, Jesus told her to go and call her 
husband, and she said she had no husband; 
Jesus told her that was true, and then told 
her all about herself, what she had done, 
how she had had five husbands, and the per- 
son with whom at present she lived was not 
her husband. 

Surely, children, the woman would wonder 
how a man who was not only a Jew, but a 
perfect stranger to her, could know all the 



224 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

secrets of her whole course of life ; and would 
think of what he said about the living water 
that it must mean something more than she 
had really thought. 

You see, when Jesus told her the secrets of 
her life, she thought God, in some way, must 
have told him about it, and so said, Sir, I 
perceive that thou art a prophet. And after 
some further conversation, Jesus told her who 
he was, that he was the Christ that was to 
come. On hearing this, what joy now 
filled the poor woman's heart ! She left her 
water-pitcher and ran away to tell her friends 
and neighbors about Jesus, saying, Come, see 
a man which told me all things that ever I 
did ! is not this the Christ ? 

What did Jesus say would happen to those 
who would drink of the water from the well ? 
(Replies.) How did Jesus say it would be 
with those who would take of the living water 
that he would give them ? (Replies.) What 
did Jesus mean by living water? (Replies.) 
How did Jesus say this living water should 
be in their souls ? (Replies.) But what did 
Jesus mean by saying they shall never 
thirst? 

You see, this thirsting means wishing for 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 225 

something to make us happy. The Spirit 
that Jesus gives us will make us happy. We 
shall not wish for any other happiness when 
the Spirit shows us Jesus who died for us; 
for, as we are told in the Bible, he is the 
chiefest among ten thousand, and the one 
altogether lovely, and in him does all full- 
ness dwell. 

There is a text declaring how our Heavenly 
Father will give the Spirit to those who ask 
him ; you may repeat it. 

(The children repeat.) 

" If ye, then, being evil, know how to give 
good gifts unto your children, how much 
more your Heavenly Father shall give the 
Holy Spirit to them that ask him!" 



LESSON XVI. 

ABOUT NICODEMUS. 

Dear children, I will now tell you some- 
thing about a conversation that happened one 
time before the one we have just told you 

about, while Jesus was yet in Jerusalem, at 

15 



226 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

the time lie drove the buyers and sellers out 
of the Temple court. 

A man named Nicodemus, ruler of the 
Jews, wished to see if Jesus were really the 
Christ that was to come ; for as he was a 
Jew, he would believe himself to belong to 
his kingdom, and would expect to have a 
right to a share in it, and so would wish to 
have some conversation about it. 

So Nicodemus came to Jesus by night, and 
said to him, Rabbi — which means Master — 
we know that thou art a teacher come from 
God ; for no man can do these miracles ex- 
cept God be with him. Knowing just what 
Nicodemus thought about himself, that he 
thought surely he would belong to Christ's 
kingdom, and have a right to a share in it 
because he was a Jew, Jesus said to him, 
Verily, verily, except a man be born again he 
can not see the kingdom of God. 

What is it to be born again? Children, you 
know something of what it is to have a new 
heart : to be born again is to have the heart 
changed from a bad to a good heart. There 
is a text about the heart before it is changed ; 
you may repeat it. 

(The children repeat.) 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 227 

"The heart is deceitful above all things, 
and desperately wicked." Jeremiah xvii, 9. 

There is another text about the heart 
when it is changed ; you may repeat. 

(The children repeat.) 

: 'Then will I sprinkle clean water upon 
you and ye shall be clean; from all your 
filthiness, and from all your idols, will I cleanse 
you. A new heart also will I give you, and 
a new spirit will I put within you; and I 
will take away the stony heart out of your 
flesh, and I will give you a heart of flesh." 
Ezek. xxxvi, 25, 26. 

Now, Nicodemus did not know what Jesus 
meant when he told him he must be born 
again, and wished to know how a person 
could be born the second time when he had 
become old. And Jesus answering, said, 
Verily, verily I say unto you, except a man 
be born of water and of the Spirit, he can 
not enter into the kingdom of God. Marvel 
not that I said unto thee, Ye must be born 
again. 

To be born of water is to be baptized, and 
to be born of the Spirit is to have the heart 
changed from a bad to a good heart. 

You see, Jesus would have us all learn, as 



> 
228 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

well as Nicodemus, that we can not be- 
long to his kingdom, much less, as the chil- 
dren of God, have a share in it, unless we 
are born of the Spirit — as well as to be bap- 
tized. 

Children, have you a wicked heart? (Re- 
plies.) Do you pray God to give you a new 
heart? You know Jesus would have you 
ask God to give the Holy Spirit, so as to 
have your heart changed from a bad to a 
good heart. And you know, too, that if you 
do not have your heart changed, that you 
can neither be a child of God nor go to 
heaven. Do not forget what Jesus says 
about it. "What does he say, children ? (Re- 
plies : Ye must be bom again.') You may 
now sing the hymn in the beginning of the 
previous lesson. 

(The children sing.) 

* Lord Jesus, teach a little child," etc. 






LESSON XVII. 

ABOUT REPENTANCE AND FAITH. 

Dear children, you have seen that if sin- 
ners would be saved, they must be forgiven 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 229 

and have their hearts changed from a bad to 
a good heart, and have the Holy Spirit in 
them, to live in their souls. But that sin- 
ners might be forgiven and have new hearts, 
and their souls filled with the Holy Spirit, as 
Jesus passed on through Samaria, and came 
to Galilee, he preached the good news of the 
kingdom of God ; how God's promise to the 
Jews about his Son, the Savior of the world, 
was now fulfilled, and that the time had now 
come in which the prophets had said the 
Savior would begin his Church in the world. 
What did he say to the people that they 
must do? He told them to repent and be- 
lieve the Gospel, and that he was their 
Savior. 

You know the Gospel is the good news 
about Jesus the Savior; how he came to die 
that he might take away the sin of the world, 
that whosoever believeth in him might not 
perish but have everlasting life. And tha-t 
you may remember what e^esus said, you may 
now repeat the text about it. 

(The children repeat.) 

" Jesus came into Galilee, preaching the 
Gospel of the kingdom of God, and saying, 
The time is fulfilled, and the kingdom of 



230 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

God is at hand ; repent ye, and believe the 
Gospel." 

Children, I think you already know some- 
thing about what it is to repent; that to re- 
pent is to be sorry for having sinned ; and 
you can see for yourselves that if sinners 
wish to be forgiven, first of all they must re- 
pent of their sins ; and that they must do so 
because God commanded them to repent. 

And remember, children, all people every- 
where are commanded to repent, because all 
have sinned ! 

Now, what will become of those who will 
not repent ? They will be punished ; God 
will shut them out of heaven and cast them 
into the bottomless pit with the devil and his 
angels. 

Many sinners refuse to repent because they 
love sin ; and they love sin because they have 
wicked hearts. And here, you may ask, how 
can they repent if their hearts are wicked ? 
Has God done any thing for them to help 
them? 

It is true, the sinner has a wicked heart; 
but then the Holy Spirit will help them to 
repent if they will but let him do so, and not 
grieve or send him away. 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 231 

When sinners repent, what must they do 
to prove or show that they are really sorry 
for having sinned? I will tell you, children; 
they must leave off sinning. 

There are two verses, children, which may 
help you to remember about this ; you may 
repeat them. 

(The children repeat,) 

u Shall we grieve the Holy Spirit, 
Who, despising not our youth, 
Would assist us to inherit 

All the wealth of heavenly truth? 

He doth show the young beginner 
That in him there's nothing good; 

He can lead the vilest sinner 
To the Savior's precious blood." 

But just here we would ask, when does 
God require you to repent? I will tell you, 
children ; God requires you to repent now. 
For you know if you were to put off repent- 
ing you might die ; then the time for re- 
penting would be gone and you would be 
lost. 

Do you think you are sinners? (Replies.) 
"What then ought you to do at once ? (Re- 
plies : Repent.) Yes ; and remember how the 
Holy Spirit will help you, if you will but let 
him, and not grieve nor send him away. 



232 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

There are two verses which you may now 
repeat. 

(The children repeat.) 

u Deeply are our hearts polluted, 

He can cleanse and keep them clean; 
To his holy nature suited, 

While his witness dwells within. 

Lord, no longer may we grieve thee, 

Lest the day of grace depart; 
that each may now receive thee 

To a humble, willing heart !" 

If sinners would be forgiven and saved, 
what is required of them besides repentance? 
They must have faith in Jesus Christ. For 
what does the text say? It says, Repent ye, 
and believe. 

You already know something about faith ; 
that faith in Jesus Christ is trusting or be- 
lieving in him, that God will have mercy 
upon us because he died to save us. 

And you know, too, something about what 
is done for those who trust in Jesus to be 
saved, how they have all their sins pardoned 
and have their wicked hearts changed into 
good hearts; and that God does this great 
work for those who believe in Jesus, by his 
Holy Spirit, and gives them the Spirit to be 
in their souls, which makes them happy. 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 233 

For we have already told you about these 
things, and how happy people are when they 
believe in Jesus. Will they always be happy? 
They will, children ; if they always believe, 
they will be happy while they live, and after 
death will enjoy eternal or everlasting life. 

What does the text say of those who will 
not believe? You may repeat the text. 

(The children repeat.) 

" He that believe th not, shall not see life." 

You see, there is no other way for sinners 
to be saved but by believing in Jesus Christ 
who died for them. 

Would Jesus have little children believe 
in him? That you may do so, Jesus said, 
Suffer little children to come unto me, and 
took them up in his arms and blessed them. 

Now, children, there are some verses which 
you may repeat. 

(The children repeat.) 

" Repentance is to leave 

The sins we loved before ; 
And show that we in earnest grieve, 
By doing so no more. 

Lord, make us then sincere, 

To watch as well as pray; 
However small, however dear, 

Take all our sins away. 



234 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 



And since the Savior came 

To make us turn from sin, % 

With holy grief, and humble shame, 

We would at once begin." 



LESSON XVIII. 

ABOUT CHEIST'S HEALING THE NOBLEMAN'S SON. 

c So Jesus passed on preaching the Gospel 
of the kingdom, as we have told yon, and 
came to Cana of Galilee, where he made the 
water wine. And a certain nobleman who 
lived in Capernaum, hearing that Jesus had 
left Judea and was now in his own country, 
came to Cana to ask Jesus to come to Caper- 
naum, for he wanted Jesus to heal his son, 
who was very sick and was at the point to 
die ; and when he asked Jesus to go with 
him and heal his son, Jesus said to him, 
Except ye see signs and wonders ye will not 
believe. 

You know, children, Jesus had just been 
in Samaria, where the Samaritan people, when 
they saw Jesus and heard him, could see and 
know him to be the Son of God, the Savior 
of the world, and believed in him without 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 235 

his performing miracles. But we are told 
that some of the Jews, called Pharisees, were 
unwilling to believe in Jesus unless he would 
first show them some wonderful miracle. 

The nobleman, however, loved his child 
most dearly, and was afraid Jesus would not 
go and heal him, and so besought Jesus 
again to go, saying, Sir, come down ere my 
child die. And then Jesus told him to go 
back, for his son would live. 

But why would not Jesus go to Capernaum 
with the nobleman? 

You see, children, the nobleman had faith 
in Jesus that he could make his son well ; 
but then it was not just the right kind of 
faith, or was very weak. He seemed to think 
Jesus could not heal his son without going 
to Capernaum, and doing something there 
for the child. But Jesus would wish to teach 
the man who he was ; that he was the son 
of God and was God, and could heal his son 
just by the word of his power, where he was. 

So, as the nobleman was going back he 
met his servant coming to tell him his son 
was well. And the father asked the servart 
vihat time he began to amend ; and he said, 
Yesterday, at the seventh hour — that is, one 



236 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

o'clock in the afternoon — the fever left him. 
The nobleman now knew that it was Jesus 
who had made his son well; for it was the 
very time in which he had said to him his* 
son would live, and he had believed his word. 

Jesus did more for the child than the 
father had asked of him ; he could see, and 
knew just how it was with the child, for he 
is ever nigh ; he did not wait till he and the 
father could travel to Capernaum, which was 
twenty miles away, but made the child well 
that very moment, or it might have died, and 
he would wish to save it from dying. 

Could the child see Jesus his Savior when 
he made him well? No; but then, you see, 
Jesus was there with him in his presence 
and power to cure him, even though he could 
not see him. 

There are some sweet verses about Jesus 
being ever nigh ; you may repeat them. 

(The children repeat.) 

"Dear Savior, ever at my side, 

How loving thou must be, 
To leave thy home in heaven to guard 

A little child like me ! 
Thy beautiful and shining face 

I see not tho' so near; # 

The sweetness of thy soft, low voice 

I am too deaf to hear. 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 237 

I can not feel thee touch my hand, 

With pressure light and mild, 
To check me as my mother did 

When I was but a child. 
But I have felt thee in my thoughts, 

Fighting with sin for me; 
And when my heart loves God, I know 

The sweetness is from thee. 

And when, dear Savior, I kneel down, 

Morning and night to prayer, 
Something there is within my heart 

Which tells me thou art there. 
Yes, when I pray, thou prayest, too — 

Thy prayer is all for me; 
But when I sleep, thou sleepest not, 

But watchest patiently." 

So the nobleman having heard what his 
servant said, knew that it was Jesus who had 
made his child well in a moment; what then? 
Why, he and all his family believed in Jesus 
that he was their Savior, whom God had 
promised, and loved him in their very hearts. 

How do we get faith? where does it come 
from ? Children, faith is the gift of God ; it 
is God who gives us the power to believe. 

What is it to be born again ? (Replies.) 
Who is it that shows sinners their sins, and 
helps them to repent when they do not send 
him away or grieve him ? (Replies : The 
Holy Spirit.') Who is it that works the 
great change in those who believe in Jesus, 



238 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

when their hearts are changed from bad to 
good hearts? (Replies: The Holy Spirit.) 
When those who repent believe in Jesus, 
who is it that lets them know in their souls 
their sins are forgiven, that they are born 
again, and are God's dear children ? (Re- 
plies.) And after the sinner is born again, 
who is it that lives in their hearts to show 
them Jesus and make them happy, so as to 
cause them to feel that they are saved and 
will go to heaven when they die, if they will 
but always believe? (Replies.) 

You can see, children, how good and mer- 
ciful God has been to sinners ; he sent his 
Son into the world to die for them, and sent 
down his Holy Spirit to help them, and make 
them good, that they might be saved and 
live with him in heaven forever, if they will 
but repent and believe in Jesus. 

Those who have not repented nor believed 
in Jesus are in danger every moment of 
dying in their sins, and of being lost forever. 

Children, Jesus is now in heaven, but 
then, remember he sees you, and is ever nigh 
to save you, if you will believe in him. 
There are some verses which I think you 
would love to repeat; you may repeat them. 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 239 

(The children repeat.) 

"My soul by nature's guilt depraved, 
Lies at the point of death; 
I feel I never can be saved 
But by Almighty breath. 

Dear Jesus, speak the word of power, 

And bid my spirit live ; 
Renewed and cleansed, from this glad hour 

My heart to thee I give. 

Awaked from death the cross I see, 

Whereon my Savior hung — 
Where Jesus bled and died for me, 

Although I am so young." 



LESSON XIX. 

ABOUT JESUS, OK THE RECEPTION AT NAZARETH— 

THE DEMONIAC AT CAPERNAUM— THE STORM 

AT SEA— AND TWO DEMONIACS AT GE- 

NESARETH. 

"Lord, what almighty power is thine? 
How infinite thou art; 
The devils hear thy voice divine, 
And at thy word depart. 

When Satan tempts my struggling soul 

To draw my love from thee, 
Do thou his fearful power control, 

And come and rescue me." 

Dear children, in these times when Jesus 
lived in this world, unclean spirits would 
sometimes enter people' for the purpose of 



240 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

troubling and tormenting them, and would 
make them act as if they were foolish or 
crazy. And would not people be afraid of 
such persons? So long as they would not 
hurt any one people would allow them to go 
where they pleased, they would feel so sorry 
for them that they were so unfortunate as to 
be possessed of an unclean or evil spirit. 

What is meant by an unclean spirit? An 
unclean spirit, children, is an evil spirit, a 
demon or devil. 

On leaving Cana the second time, we find 
Jesus at Nazareth — his own town — where he 
was brought up. Having been away for 
some time, would not the people who had 
known Jesus from a little child be glad to 
hear him, now that he had begun his great 
work of preaching, as well as of miracles? 
Being in the synagogue on the Sabbath-day, 
Jesus read the Scriptures to the people and 
told them what it meant ; and they wondered 
at the glorious words he spoke, while they 
could but see that what he said was true ; 
yet they would not believe Jesus as their 
Savior, as they ought to have done, even 
though they had heard of the great miracles 
he had performed, and began to murmur 






INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 241 

among themselves, saying, Is not this the 
carpenter's son? And so what did they do, 
but thrust him out of the city, and were 
about to cast him down over the brow of the 
hill on which the city was built, that they 
might kill him, but he escaped out of their 
hands. Jesus then left Nazareth and came 
and dwelt in Capernaum, that is, he now 
made Capernaum his home instead of Naza- 
reth ; and why ? Because the people of 
Nazareth would not believe him as their 
Savior, as they ought to have done. 

Why did Jesus leave Nazareth so as not 
to make it his home any more? (Replies.) 
When the people of Nazareth rejected Jesus, 
and would not receive him as they ought to 
have done, to what city did Jesus come? 
(Replies.) 

And so on the Sabbath-day Jesus went 
into the synagogue to teach the people, and 
taught the people, and they were astonished 
at his doctrines, for he taught as one having 
authority, and not as the scribes. 

You see, people would be astonished; for 

whatever Jesus would say, he would teach in 

his own name, while his manner or way of 

teaching was with great power and authority. 

16 



242 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

And there was a man among the people 
in the synagogue who was possessed of an 
unclean spirit; and when the unclean spirit 
saw Jesus, he cried out through the voice of 
the man, saying, Let us alone ! what have 
we to do with thee, thou Jesus of Nazareth, 
art thou come to torment us? I know thee 
who thou art, the Holy One. 

What would Jesus do? Could he control 
the evil spirit? Would The evil spirit obey 
Jesus ? Would Jesus speak to the evil spirit, 
or would he speak to the man in whom the 
spirit had entered? You shall see what was 
done. 

Jesus rebuked the unclean spirit, and com- 
manded him, saying, Hold thy peace and 
come out of him ! And the unclean spirit 
obeyed Jesus, and came out, after giving 
the man all the pain he could in leaving 
him. 

When the people saw this, how did they 
feel ? When the people of Capernaum heard 
the teaching and instruction of Jesus, they 
thought him mighty in his words ; but now 
that he had cast out the unclean spirit, they 
thought him mighty also in deeds. You 
may repeat the text about what they said 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 243 

when Jesus did this great work of casting 
out a devil. 

(The children repeat.) 

"And they were all amazed, insomuch that 
they questioned among themselves, saying, 
What thing is this? What new doctrine is 
this? for with authority commandeth he the 
unclean spirits, and they do obey him." 



LESSON XX. 

THE STORM AT SEA. 

Some time after this, children, when he 
was making his second tour through Galilee, 
one day he was preaching to great crowds of 
people by the side of Lake Tiberias, and 
when the evening had come, wishing to go to 
the other side of the lake, Jesus with his 
disciples entered into a ship for that purpose ; 
but now, while they were crossing over to 
the other side, a great storm came upon the 
lake. The wind blew, and the waves were 
boisterous. The ship was greatly tossed 
about, and the water came in upon it. And 
go terrible was the storm, that even the 



244 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

sailors, who were accustomed to the storms 
of this lake, were alarmed, as well as the 
disciples. But in all this, where was Jesus? 
Jesus was asleep on a pillow. 

You know how he had been talking to 
great crowds of people, and being weary, he 
had gone to the further end of the ship and 
laid himself down to rest; and he slept so 
soundly that neither the tossing of the ship, 
nor the noise of the wind and the waves, and 
the trouble of the sailors had aroused him. 
But now that the disciples thought the ship 
would go down under the water, and they 
would all be drowned, they were in a great 
fright, and they came and cried to Jesus, 
Baying, Master ! Master ! carest thou not that 
we perish ? And Jesus said to them, Why 
are ye so fearful? How is it ye have so 
little faith? Then Jesus arose, and com- 
manded the wind, and spoke to the sea, and 
what happened ? There was a great calm ; 
the wind ceased blowing, and the waves of 
the sea were still, and all was quiet. And 
the men wondered and said, what manner of 
man is this, that even the winds and sea 
obey him? 

You know, Jesus could cause the winds 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 245 

and the sea to be as he would have them; 
for he was the Lord, he created them. When 
awakened by the disciples, what was the first 
thing Jesus noticed, the words of the dis- 
ciples or the storm? (Replies.) What did 
he say to them ? (Replies.) Yes, as if he 
had said, Could you not trust in me to take 
care of you ? How could you think the ship 
could be lost while I am in it? How could 
you think you would perish or be drowned 
while I am with you? 

Dear children, whatever troubles we may 
have in this world, if we only have Jesus 
with us, in our hearts by his Spirit, God will 
take care of us, and bring us in safety to 
heaven. 

There is a sweet verse that may help you 
to remember this; you may now repeat it. 

(The children repeat.) 

" Jesus, lover of my soul, 

Let me to thy bosom fly; 
While the nearer waters roll, 

While the tempest still is high. 
Hide me, ! my Savior, hide, 

Till the storm of life is past ; 
Safe into the haven guide, 

O ! receive my soul at last." 



246 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 



LESSON XXI. 

THE TWO DEMONIACS AT GENESARETH. 

Jesus and his disciples were now landed 
in the country of the Gergesenes ; when Jesus 
was immediately met by two persons pos- 
sessed of unclean spirits, or devils. One of 
them was a very furious one ; he lived among 
the tombs, and rocks in the hills and mount- 
ains. He could not be kept confined, nor 
from tearing his own flesh, while he would 
cry most hideously. He would not only tear 
off all his clothes, but he would break all 
the chains that could be put on him, and 
people were afraid even to go by the place, 
where he was. 

This man saw Jesus afar off, and so came 
down leaping and bounding over the hills 
and mountains to meet him. What was he 
coming for? To injure Jesus? No; but 
there seemingly was something in the man 
which caused him to feel he would like to 
come to Jesus ; for when he came he fell 
down at the feet of Jesus and worshiped him. 
When the demon spoke out, as the other one 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 247 

had done, saying, What have we to do with 
thee, Jesus, thou Son of God ? art thou come 
hither to torment us before the time? And 
to a question Jesus asked, he said, My name 
is Legion, for we are many. And he be- 
sought Jesus to let them go into some swine 
that were feeding some distance off, for he 
knew Jesus would cast them out of the man, 
and Jesus said, Go. 

So when these devils came out of the man 
they entered the swine. 

You have seen how the unclean spirits 
knew Jesus. You know how God cast Satan 
with his angels out of heaven ; they would 
know Jesus who he was, that he was the Son 
of God, for he came down from heaven. 
They would tremble when they saw him, 
they knew his great power to destroy them, 
when he would send them to the place of 
torment, which had been prepared for them. 
So, when, at the command of Jesus, the 
demons came out of the man, they entered 
the swine, and the swine ran violently down 
a steep place into the sea, and were drowned 
in the water. 

Now, when the people heard what had 
been done, they came out to see Jesus about 



248 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

it; and when they came, whom did they see 
sitting at the feet of Jesus, but the man out 
of whom the devils had been cast, clothed, 
and in his right mind? 

When sinners are born again, born of the 
Holy Spirit, and Satan is cast out of the 
heart, how is it with them? Their souls are 
clothed with holiness, and they have the 
mind in them which was in Christ, and so 
are made to look like God again, and are 
brought to sit at the feet of Jesus, to learn 
of him about God's love to them. You may 
now sing the first verses in the lesson. 

(The children sing.) 

"Lord, what almighty power is thine!" 

After our hearts are changed, and our 
souls are made to look like God again, and 
we love him ; when Satan tempts us to do 
wrong, and so draws us away from Jesus and 
his love, who is it that can control him? 
(Replies : Jesus can control Satan.) 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 249 



LESSON XXII. 

JESUS MAKES CAPEKNAUM HIS HOME— THE DKAUGHT 
OF FISHES, OR THE CALL OF THE DISCIPLES. 

M Lord, we will come to thee, 
While from pains and sorrows free ; 
While our day is in the dew, 
And the clouds of life are few. 

Then, when night and age appear, 
Thou wilt chase each doubt and fear ; 
Thou our glorious leader be, 
When the stars shall fade and flee. 

Now to thee, Lord ! we come, 
In our morning's early bloom; 
Breathe on us the grace Divine, 
Teach our hearts and make them thine." 

Dear children, you will remember that in 
the last lesson, on landing in the country of 
the Gergesenes, how Jesus was met by two 
men possessed of devils ; and when the men 
were healed, that the devils whom Jesus cast 
out of the two men took possession of a herd 
of swine, and caused the swine, which in 
number were about two thousand, to run 
down a steep place into the water, how the 
whole herd of swine were drowned in the 
water, and so were all destroyed. How many 
swine were destroyed? (Replies.) Who de- 



250 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

stroyed the swine ? (Replies : The devils!) 
But why would Jesus permit the devils to 
destroy the swine ? 

You see, it was wrong for the people to 
keep swine the way they did. God forbid 
his own people, the Jews, to have swine. 
Jesus seems to have wished that the people 
might see how wrongly they were doing to 
keep swine, and so permitted them to be 
destroyed. 

You know, when the people heard what 
had been done, the whole city came out to see 
Jesus. What had they come for? To thank 
and praise the Lord Jesus for the great work 
which he had done for them in healing the 
two men, who had been such a great annoy- 
ance to the whole place? No; the people 
wanted to be let alone in their wicked- 
ness, and so went out to see Jesus and ask 
him to leave the place. And though they 
could see what had been done for the two 
men, they besought Jesus to depart out of 
their country, and he did so ; he entered a 
ship and passed over to the other side. 

When did these things happen, before or 
after Jesus healed the first demoniac we told 
you of at Capernaum ? (Replies : They hap- 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 251 

pened some time afterward.) What place 
had Jesus left when he came to Capernaum, 
and for the first time healed a demoniac ? 
(Replies.) 

Yes, you know how the people of Nazareth 
would not hear Jesus preach, and believe in 
him, as they ought to have done, even though 
they knew about the great works he had 
done while he was away from them, and went 
about to kill him ; but he escaped out of 
their hands, and left them and came to 
Capernaum. 

When the people would see the great 
works of Jesus, see the miracles which he 
performed, and hear him preach, they knew 
him to be the Son of God, the promised 
Savior of the world ; that he had come to 
save them from their sins, and so they would 
believe in him and become his disciples, and 
would be his followers as well as his friends. 

You see, Jesus was the great teacher who 
came from heaven. He showed people the 
way to be good and get to heaven, while he 
himself would die for them that they might 
be saved ; and a disciple is one who is a 
learner. 

Now, who was the first disciple that Jesus 



252 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

had ? I will tell you ; his first disciple was 
Andrew. And there was another person 
along with Andrew — perhaps it was John — 
who also became a disciple or follower of 
Jesus. And then there was Simon, whom 
Jesus called Peter. 

You know Jesus had left Nazareth, so that 
Nazareth would not now be his home any 
more. Having begun his great works, Jesus 
would be away traveling from place to place, 
and from city to city, that he might heal the 
sick and preach to the people ; but then he 
would want some place as his home, from 
which to start and come back to as he would 
take his journeys, as well as to have a place 
when he would not be away traveling, where 
he might both preach and receive the people 
who would wish to see him. 

What place did he choose for a home? 
Having left Nazareth, Jesus chose the city 
of Capernaum for his home, and came and 
lived in a house which seems to have been 
either his own or that of Peter's. ,. 

Where would Jesus preach? As Jesus 
went from* city to city, he would enter 
their synagogues and teach the Scriptures to 
the people. And sometimes he would preach 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 253 

from a ship, and the people would stand on 
the shore near the edge of the water. And 
sometimes, again, he would preach from a 
hill or mountain, while the people sat or 
stood around a little below him. 

But how did Jesus do? Would he go 
alone when he went about doing good and 
when he preached? You shall hear, chil- 
dren, how it was, and what Jesus did. 

Jesus desired to have some of his fol- 
lowers or disciples leave their own work, 
and be with him, and attend him all the 
time, follow him wherever he went, and go 
wherever he sent them, that they might see 
all his great and wonderful works, and know 
that he was God ; take a part in his work, and 
learn to preach his Gospel, and so be the be- 
ginning of the Church of Christ on earth. 

I will now tell you, children, about the 
first disciples whom Jesus chose ; that is, the 
way Jesus called them to leave all their own 
work and follow him, be with him, and at- 
tend him all the time. 

One morning Jesus was walking on the 
beach near Capernaum, when soon a crowd 
of people quickly gathered around himj 
they had heard of his great works, and 



254 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

wished him to preach to them the Word of 
God, which he was ever ready to do. But 
as the people pressed close around him, and 
being near the edge of the water, Jesus found 
he could not well speak to such a large num- 
ber of people from the place he was now in. 
There were close by, upon the shore, two 
fishing-boats ; the boats belonged to some 
fishermen who had been out all night upon 
the lake without catching any fish, and who, 
weary and disheartened, .were now washing 
their .nets, that they might lay them out to 
dry before they went home to get such 
rest and food as would fit them for another 
night's hard work. Into one of the boats 
Jesus entered, and desired the men who 
owned the boat to push out a little from the 
shore. And the men did so. Then Jesus 
spoke to the people, and preached to them 
from the boat; and all the people were on 
the shore near the edge of the water. 

You see, the water between the boat and 
the shore would keep the people back off the 
boat from Jesus, while Jesus would be sepa- 
rated from the people, and be nigh enough 
to be seen and heard by them with ad- 
vantage. 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 255 

I suppose, children, you would like to 
know who the fishermen were, who owned 
the boats. The boat that Jesus was in be- 
longed to Simon Peter, who was there with 
his brother Andrew. The other boat be- 
longed to Zebedee, the father of James and 
John, the two boats working in partner- 
ship. You see now who the owners of the 
boats were, that they were the disciples and 
friends of Jesus ; that is, Jesus had seen 
them all before, and they had believed in 
him that he was their Savior. 

Now, as Jesus sat there in the boat, and 
had -left off speaking, he directed Simon Peter 
to launch out into deeper water, and cast out 
his nets again. Peter told him how they 
had toiled all night and had caught no fish, 
but said, Nevertheless, at thy command, I 
will let down the net. He did so, and what 
happened ? Presently it was found that such 
a great load of fish was caught in the net as 
was impossible for the two brothers to draw, 
or even the boat to manage. The net indeed 
began to break with their attempt to draw 
it. And now what did the brothers do? 
When they saw how the net was beginning 
to break, they called to their partners in the 



256 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

other boat, to come quickly to their help ; 
and when, by the help of James and John, 
the net was at last drawn, the fish in it filled 
both boats even to the danger of sinking. 

At this wonderful miracle the fishermen 
were all greatly astonished. And Peter fell 
down at Jesus' knees, and said, Depart from 
me for I am a sinful man, Lord ! And 
Jesus said to both of them, that is, to Peter 
and his brother Andrew, Follow me, and 
I will make you fishers of men j that is, 
he would make them preachers of his 
Gospel. 

Before they had believed in Jesus 'and 
were his disciples; but this was now their 
real call to leave their own business and be 
with Jesus and attend him all the time. 
And so as soon as they had brought their 
ship to land, they left all and followed 
Christ. 

And by the time John and James had gone 
with their boat to a place where they might 
leave their fish, and had returned home and 
were at work with their father mending their 
nets, Jesus with his two followers, Peter and 
Andrew, came up to the place where they 
were, and said to both John and James, 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 257 

Follow me. And immediately they left all, 
and went with Jesus. 

And now, my dear little ones, you have 
seen how Jesus left the country of the Gerge- 
senes, when they besought him to depart out 
of their coasts, as well as how he left Naza- 
reth. 

You see, Jesus will not stay with those 
who will not love him. 0, what a dreadful 
thing it is for any one to have Jesus leave 
him! For there is no Savior, no one in 
all heaven or earth who can save sinners 
from their sins but Jesus ! 

When Peter said to Jesus, Depart from 
me, for I am a sinful man, Lord! how 
did he feel ? Did he wish to be let alone in 
his sins? 0, no! Peter, seeing the great 
miracle which he had performed, now felt 
how Jesus, though a man sitting there in the 
boat, was God also, while he himself was noth- 
ing but a poor sinner, and so did not deserve 
to have Jesus notice him so much as to make 
a minister of him, for Jesus had already told 
him what he wished of him. 

Jesus is now in heaven, but what does he 
wish you to do, that he may make you good 
and holy, that you may follow him to heaven 

17 



258 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

and be with him and live with him in his 
kingdom forever? 

Children, this is what he says to every one 
of you, Give me thy heart ? There are some 
verses which may help you to remember how 
Jesus is speaking to you. You may repeat 
them. 

(The children repeat.) 

" Hear ye not a voice from heaven, 
To the listening Spirit given ? 
Children, come ? it seems to say, 
Give your hearts to me to-day. 

Sweet as is a mother's love, 
Tender as the heavenly dove ; 
Thus it speaks a Savior's charms, 
Thus it wins us to his arms." 

Now, children, you may repeat the text 
that declares what Jesus wishes you to do. 

(The children repeat.) 

" Give me thy heart." 

I hope, children, you will listen to Jesus 
and give your hearts to him at once, now 
while you are young. You may now repeat 
the verses in the first of the lesson. 

(The children repeat.) 

"Lord, we will remember thee," etc. 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 259 



LESSON XXIII. 

ABOUT JESUS CHOOSING THE TWELVE DISCIPLES, 

AND THE SERMON ON THE MOUNT, OR THE 

EIGHT BEATITUDES. 

" Come, children, sing the song, 
Jesus to bless us came; 
Come, every child, and use your tongue, 
To praise his blessed name. 

Sing of his dying love, 

Sing of his rising power; 
Sing how he blesses with his love, 

And how our sins he bore. 

Sing, till we feel our heart 

Arising with our voice ; 
Sing till the love of sin depart, 

And Jesus is our choice. 

Soon shall we hear him say, 

Ye blessed children come; 
Soon will he call our souls aw T ay, 

And take us to his home. 

Soon shall our happy tongues 

His endless praise begin, 
And sweeter voices help us sing, 

Jesus our blessed king." 

Dear children, you have seen how Jesus 
wished to have some disciples leave all 
their own works, as well as their homes, 
and friends, and relatives, and be with him 



260 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

and attend him all the time, follow him 
wherever he went, go wherever he sent them; 
that they might see all his great and won- 
derful works, and know that he was God, 
take a part in his work, and learn to preach 
his Gospel, and so be the beginning of 
Christ's Church on earth. You have seen, 
also, the way he called some of those dis- 
ciples to leave all and follow him, but how 
many disciples did Jesus wish to have with 
him that he might make them his min- 
isters? You shall see presently how many 
he chose and had. 

Jesus went out into a mountain to pray, 
and continued all night in prayer to God the 
Father ; for you know Jesus was man as well 
as God. And in the morning he called his 
disciples unto him, and chose out of them 
just twelve persons to be his ministers, and 
called them apostles as well as disciples. 
And they called Jesus Lord and Master. 
Disciple, you know, means learner. But 
apostle means, some one sent. 

Children, you may now say over the names 
of the twelve apostles in concert with your 
teacher. 

(The children repeat.) 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 261 

" Simon Peter, Andrew, James, John, 
Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, 
James the son of Alpheus, Simon, Zelotes, 
Judas the brother of Jamesf and Judas 
Iscariot." 

I will now tell you something about a 
sermon that Jesus preached; seeing the mul- 
titude of people who had come out to hear 
him, as well as to be healed of their diseases, 
he went up into a mountain — Mount Olives — 
and when his disciples had come to him he 
began his sermon. And what did he say 
first? He began his sermon by pronouncing 
blessings — blessings that would make people 
happy. 

The first blessing is, Blessed are the poor 
in spirit, for theirs is the kingdom of heaven. 
What is it to be poor in spirit? It is to 
feel that we are sinners, and do not deserve 
any good. And the promise to the poor in 
spirit is, that they shall be happy in heaven. 

Now, children, you may repeat the text. 

(The children repeat.) 

" Blessed are the poor in spirit, for theirs 
is the kingdom of heaven." 

When people feel that they are sinners, 
and do not deserve any good, what are they 



262 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

said to be ? (Replies : Blessed.) Why are 
they said to be blessed ? (Replies : Because 
they have the promise that they shall be happy 
in heaven?) m 

The second blessing is, Blessed are they 
that mourn, for they shall be comforted. 

AVhat is it to mourn? It is to be very 
sorry, or deeply grieved. And the promise 
to those who feel very sorry, or deeply grieved 
for the sin that is in themselves or others, is 
that they shall be comforted ; that is, have 
their sorrow turned to joy. You may repeat 
the text. 

(The children repeat.) 

" Blessed are they that mourn, for they 
shall be comforted." 

When people feel very sorry or deeply 
grieved for the sin that is in themselves and 
others, what are they said to be ? (Eeplies : 
When people mourn for the sin that is in them- 
selves and others they are said to be blessed.*) 
Why ? (Replies : Because they have the 
promise that they shall have their sorrow 
turned to joy.) 

What is the third blessing ? It is this : 
Blessed are the meek, for they shall inherit 
the earth. 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 263 

What is it to be meek ? It is to bear ill 
treatment without anger and revenge. And 
the promise to the meek is, Though the 
wicked may hurt them, God will take care 
of them and give them all they need. 

You may repeat the text. 

(The children repeat.) 

" Blessed are the meek, for they shall in- 
herit the earth." 

When people bear ill treatment without 
anger or revenge, what are they said to be? 
(Replies : When people are m.eeh they are said 
to be blessed.) Why ? (Replies : Because they 
have the promise, though the wicked hurt them, 
that God will take care of them, and give 
them all they need.) 

What is the fourth blessing? The fourth 
blessing, children, is this : Blessed are they 
which do hunger and thirst after righteous- 
ness, for they shall be filled. 

What is it to hunger and thirst after 
righteousness ? It is wishing to be holy that 
we may serve God without sin. And the 
promise to those who hunger and thirst after 
righteousness is, they shall be filled with 
holiness which will make them happy. 

You may repeat the text. 



264 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

(The children repeat.) 

" Blessed are they which do hunger and 
thirst after righteousness, for they shall be 
filled." 

When people are wishing to be filled with 
holiness, that they may serve God without 
sin, what are they said to be ? (Replies : 
They that hunger and thirst after righteous- 
ness are said to be blessed.*) Why? (Re- 
plies : Because they have the promise that they 
shall be filled with holiness which will make 
them happy.) 

We have now told you about four of the 
blessings that Jesus spoke, or pronounced 
when he began his sermon on the Mount, 
that would make people happy. What is the 
first blessing? (Replies.) What is the second 
blessing ? (Replies.) What is the third bless- 
ing ? (Replies.) What is the fourth bless- 
ing ? (Replies.) 

You may now sing the hymn in the be- 
ginning of the lesson. 

(The children sing.) 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 265 



LESSON XXIY. 

ABOUT THE SERMON ON THE MOUNT. 

What is the fifth blessing? The fifth 
blessing is this : Blessed are the merciful, for 
they shall obtain mercy. 

What is it to be merciful ? To be merci- 
ful is to be good and helpful to all. And 
the promise to the merciful is, God will show 
mercy to them. 

You may repeat the text. 

(The children repeat.) 

" Blessed are the merciful, for they shall 
obtain mercy." 

When people are good and helpful to all, 
even to the wicked, what are they said to be? 
(Replies : The merciful are said to be blessed!) 
Why ? (Replies : Because they have the prom- 
ise that God will show mercy to them.) 

And you know, children, how we all need 
God's mercy, that without it we should 
perish. 

What is the sixth blessing? The sixth 
blessing is : Blessed are the pure in heart, 
for they shall see God. 



266 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

What is it to be pure in heart? To be 
pure in heart is to love God and keep out 
all wicked thoughts. And the promise to 
the pure in heart is, they shall see the beauty 
and the' glory of God. 

You may repeat the text. 

(The children repeat.) 

" Blessed are the pure in heart, for they 
shall see God." 

When people love God and keep out all 
wicked thoughts, what are they said to be? 
(Replies : The pare in heart are said to be 
blessed.) Why ? (Replies : Because they have 
the promise they shall see the beauty and the 
glory of God.) 

There are some verses, children, that will 
help you to remember about these words of 
the Savior; you may repeat them. 

(The children repeat.) 

u My gracious Lord ! are these thy words, 
And are they meant for me ? 
May I receive such blessings here, 
And then my Savior see ? 

Yes, though I am a little child, 

I may these blessings share; 
For Jesus loves the youngest heart, 

And he will hear my prayer. 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 267 

Dear Jesus, make me pure and meek, 

A humble child of thine ; 
A mourner for my sins, and then 

These blessings shall be mine. 

Both worlds shall my possession be ; 

Hope, peace, and joy in this — 
In heaven the full fruition see 

Of beatific bliss." 



What is the seventh blessing? The seventh 
blessing is this : Blessed are the peace- 
makers, for they shall be called the children 
of God. 

What is it to be a peacemaker ? To be a 
peacemaker is never to disturb or afflict any 
one, and never to quarrel, but to persuade 
those who are quarreling to be quiet, and 
live in peace. And the promise to the 
peacemakers is, God will own them for his 
dear children. 

You may repeat the text. 

(The children repeat.) 

" Blessed are the peacemakers, for they 
shall be called the children of God." 

When people never disturb or afflict any 
one, and never quarrel, but persuader those 
who are quarreling to be quiet, and live in 
peace, what are they said to be ? (Replies : 
Peacemakers are said to be blessed.) Why? 



268 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

(Replies : Because they have the promise God 
will own them for his.) 

What is the eighth blessing? The eighth 
blessing is this, children : Blessed are they 
which are persecuted for righteousness' sake, 
for theirs is the kingdom of heaven. 

When are people persecuted for righteous- 
ness' sake ? It is when good people are hated 
and afflicted by the wicked, who can not love 
what is good and holy. And the promise to 
those who are persecuted for righteousness' 
sake is, they shall be forever happy in 
heaven, where the wicked can not hurt them 
any more. 

You may repeat the text. 

(The children repeat.) 

"Blessed are they which are persecuted 
for righteousness' sake, for theirs is the 
kingdom of heaven." 

When good people are hated and afflicted 
by the wicked, who can not love what is 
good and holy, what are they said to be? 
(Replies : When people are persecuted for 
righteousness sake they are said to be blessed.} 
Why ? (Replies : Because they have the 
promise they shall be forever happy in 
heaven.') 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 269 

Children, we have now said over the eight 
blessings Jesus spoke when he began his 
sermon on the Mount. What is the fifth 
blessing? (Replies.) What is the sixth bless- 
ing? (Replies.) What is the seventh bless- 
ing? (Replies.) What is the eighth bless- 
ing ? (Replies.) 

I hope, dear little ones, you will not forget 
these words of Jesus, that you may be happy 
here and happy forever in heaven. 

You may now sing the hymn in the be- 
ginning of the preceding lesson. 

(The children sing.) 

"Come, children, to bless us Jesus came," etc. 



LESSON XXV. 

THE SERMON ON THE MOUNT— LOVE FOE, OUR ENE- 
MIES—THE LORD'S PRAYER— THE TWO WATS. 

Dear children, we told you in our last 
lesson about the eight blessings that Jesus 
spoke, how he began his sermon when he 
preached on the Mount. 

Now, as Jesus went on talking to the peo- 
ple in his sermon, he told them that they 



270 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

were to love their enemies as well as their 
neighbors, and what they were to do toward 
those who did not use them well. 

You may repeat the text about it, what 
Jesus said. 

(The children repeat.) 

" I say unto you, Love your enemies, bless 
them that curse you, do good to them that 
hate you, and pray for them which despite- 
fully use you, and persecute you." 

There are some verses that will help you 
to remember about this ; you may repeat 
them. 

(The children repeat.) 

" Teach me this self-denying love, 
For those who love not me ; 
And make me gentle, like the dove, 
From every passion free. 

As thou dost love, Lord, teach me 

To love each human face ; 
And in the poorest child I see, 

There my own image trace. 

Teach me that true, forgiving love 

That pardons every foe ; 
That makes the heart like hearts above, 

Which can no anger know." 

Jesus also told the people how they were 
to pray, and what they were to pray for ; 
and afterward, when his disciples came to 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 271 

him, and asked him to teach them to pray, 
he gave them the prayer which he taught 
the people in his sermon on the Mount; and 
this prayer is called the Lord's prayer, 
because the Lord Jesus taught it to his 
disciples. 

I suppose, children, some of you, if not 
the most of you, have learned to pray this 
prayer; you may now repeat it. 

(The children repeat.) 

" Our Father, who art in heaven, hallowed 
be thy name, thy kingdom come, thy will be 
done on earth as it is in heaven; give us 
this day our daily bread, and forgive us our 
trespasses as we forgive those who trespass 
against us, and lead us not into temptation, 
but deliver us from evil, for thine is the 
kingdom, and the power, and the glory for- 
ever and ever. Amen." 

There are some verses about this prayer; 
you may repeat them. 

(The children repeat.) 

u Dear Jesus, I, a little child, 

Would learn this perfect prayer ; 
But I am sinful and denied, 
And need thy constant care. 



272 INEANT CLASS MANUAL. 

0, may thy Spirit teach this prayer 

To my revengeful heart, 
And bid each sinful passion there 

To slumber or depart!" 

There is a prayer for the morning when 
you first wake ; I would have you learn it, 
children ; you may repeat it. 

(The children repeat.) 

" All praise to Thee who safe hast kept, 
And hast refreshed me while I slept ; 
Grant, Lord, when I from death shall wake 
I may of endless life partake." 

Now, children, there is another prayer I 

would have you learn, one for the evening 

when you go to sleep at night ; you may 
repeat it. 

(The children repeat.) 

11 Now I lay me down to sleep, 
I pray the Lord my soul to keep ; 
If I should die before I wake, 
I pray the Lord my soul to take." 

I will now tell you something more that 
Jesus said in his sermon on the Mount. As 
Jesus was preaching, he showed the people 
how there were but two ways or roads from 
this world to the next world. One road 
would take people to heaven ; and what did 
he call this road? He called it the "strait 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL, 273 

gate and the narrow way." But that the 
other way or road would lead people down to 
hell, where they would be destroyed. And 
this way he called the wide gate and the 
broad road. You repeat the text about these 
two roads. 

(The children repeat.) 

" Enter ye in at the strait gate ; for wide 
is the gate and broad # is the way that leadeth 
to destruction, and many there be which go 
in thereat: because strait is the gate and 
narrow is the way which leadeth unto life ; 
and few there be that find it." 

Which of these two roads will you choose, 
children? Will you choose the one that 
leads to heaven, or will you keep on in the 
one that leads down to hell ? 

Children, Jesus has showed us the way to 
be saved ; if we follow him he will lead us to 
heaven. But if we keep on following after 
the sinful pleasures of this world we shall be 
led, where? down to hell. 

That you may remember about these two 

roads Jesus has told us about, and not forget 

which one you ought to take that you may 

get to heaven, there are some verses, which 

you may now repeat. 

18 



274 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 



(The children repeat.) 

11 My Father, wilt thou lead me through 
The strait and narrow way ? 
Guard me from every dangerous snar« 
Nor ever let me stray ? 

I would forever shun the gate, 
Though wide the passage be, 

Where worldly pleasure, lust, and pride 
Lead far away from thee. 

The narrow gate, the narrow way, 

The way my Savior trod ; 
There would I walk in humble joy 

With those who walk with God." 



LESSON XXYI. 

ABOUT JESUS AND THE LEPER— THE MAN SICK OF 
THE PALSY. 

" Come, ye sinners, poor and needy. 

Weak and wounded, sick and sore; 
Jesus ready stands to save you, 
Full of pity, love, and power ; 
He is able, he is willing — doubt no more. 

CHORUS. 

He will save you, he will save you, 

He will save you, just now ; 
Just now he will save you, 

He will save you just now." 

Dear children, after Jesus had preached 
his sermon on the Mount, he took his journey 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 275 

through Galilee, and the people followed 
him from place to place in very great crowds 
wherever he went. And whenever Jesus 
came to their towns and cities he would enter 
the synagogues, and the people would come 
out to hear him and bring their sick people 
to Jesus ; and Jesus would teach them, and 
heal all the sick, whatever might be their 
sickness. For he never turned away any one 
who came to him seeking his mercy. 

Now, there was one sort of disease or sick- 
ness which, as yet, no one had come to Jesus 
to have cured. What disease was it? It 
was the disease called leprosy. 

The leprosy was a dreadful disease. If 
any one touches a person who has the leprosy 
he may catch it. So those who had the 
leprosy were required to go out of the city 
and live in a place by themselves. If a 
person had the leprosy he would have to 
bear it till it should go away of itself. No 
doctor nor medicine could cure the leprosy ; 
though a prophet did once cure it, but then 
it was done by God's power. No one but 
God could cure the leprosy. 

Those persons who had the leprosy heard 
about Jesus, and sometimes saw him at a dis- 



276 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

tance, and would talk together about him. 
They knew the prophet Elijah had, some 
huadred years before that time, cured a 
leprous person; but as they had not heard 
Jesus preach, nor seen him perform miracles, 
they did not know if he could cure the 
leprosy. 

At last there was one poor man among 
them who thought the Prophet of Galilee 
might cure the leprosy, and began to think 
he was really able to do so ; but the question 
was, would he? Would Jesus deign to look 
upon such a loathsome, disagreeable-looking 
creature as he was — his eyes not only swollen, 
but red and fiery looking ; his skin not only 
white as snow, but covered over with dark- 
red, scaly spots? He thought he would try, 
that he could but be refused. But then, 
again, how would he get to see Jesus? He 
would not be allowed to go into the cities, 
nor into any of the crowds of people where 
he was. At last he thought of a way, and 
that was to wait by the road-side, where he 
knew Jesus would have to pass by on his re- 
turn home to Capernaum, after his second 
tour through Galilee. So he waited, and as 
Jesus came up to the place where he was, he 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 277 

spoke to him, and said, Lord, if thou wilt 
thou canst make me clean. And Jesus put 
forth his hand, and said, I will ; be thou 
clean. And that very moment the man was 
cleansed of his leprosy. 

You see, this leprous man was quite sure 
that Jesus was able to cleanse him from his 
dreadful disease, but he was not quite sure 
that he would be willing to do so. In letting 
the leprous man know that he was willing to 
cleanse him, what did Jesus say ? (Replies.) 
But what did this leprous man do that he 
might be cleansed ? (Replies : He put him- 
self in the way where he might see Jesus, and 
speak to him about curing him.) 

After this, Jesus cured other leprous per- 
sons. One time he cured ten persons all at 
once. 

Children, like the leprosy, sin is a dread- 
ful disease. Just as the leprosy makes the 
whole body sick, so sin makes the soul 
diseased. 

After Jesus had performed this great 
miracle, and had come into Capernaum to 
the house in which he lived, where he could 
preach at seasons from the balcony, with his 
friends and others sitting around him, while 



278 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 



the people stood below in the court of the 
house ; there were some persons who wished 
to bring a man who was sick of the palsy to 
Jesus, that he might cure him; but when 
they came to the house, as Jesus was preach- 
ing, the crowd was so great around the door 
they could not get into the house to take the 
man up stairs to the room which opened out 
on the balcony where Jesus was. So what 
did they do but carry the man on his bed to 
the top of the house, and let him down by 
cords at the feet of Jesus, through an open- 
ing which they made in the covering or roof 
of the place where Jesus was ? 

Was Jesus displeased with these persons 
for letting a sick man down at his feet when 
he was preaching? 

When Jesus saw their faith, as well as how 
troubled the sick man was about his sins, see- 
ing his sins deserved punishment instead of 
mercy, and so might not be cured, he said 
to him, Son, be of good cheer, thy sins be 
forgiven thee. 0, the loving-kindness of 
Jesus ! How happy the man was, as well as 
his friends, to hear these words of Jesus! 
He felt that all was right, that he now had 
nothing to fear. 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 279 

You see, children, this man's soul was sick 
as well as his body ; what had made it sick ? 
(Replies.) 

Some of the scribes and Pharisees, who 
were sitting by, thought Jesus ought not to 
forgive sins, and reasoned within themselves 
about it, saying, Who can forgive sin but 
God alone? And Jesus, knowing their 
thoughts, said to them, What reason ye in 
your thoughts? Whether is it easier to say, 
Thy sins be forgiven thee, or to say, Rise up 
and walk? But that ye may know that the 
Son of man hath power upon earth to forgive 
sins, he said to the sick of the palsy, I say 
unto thee, Arise, take up thy bed and go 
unto thine house. And immediately the man 
rose up before them all, and took up his 
couch, or bed, upon which he had been lying, 
and walked away to his own house glorifying 
God. 

0! were not the friends happy that they 
had persevered in bringing this man to 
Jesus ? 

When Jesus, by his own mighty power, 
made the man who was sick of the palsy per- 
fectly well in a moment of time, What did 
he show ? Jesus showed who he was ; that 



280 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

he was God as well as man, and could for- 
give sins. 



L 3»3 SON XXYII. 

ABOUT THE HEALING OF THE IMPOTENT MAN. 

Being now the time again for the Feast 
of the Passover, Jesus went up to Jerusalem 
to attend this feast, which was the second one 
after he began to preach. 

There was by the sheep-market at Jeru- 
salem, outside of the city, a pool of water, 
that ran into a deep place, that is, a basin 
or reservoir, just under the wall of the city, 
beside which there was a place having five 
porches, called Bethesda, which means house 
of mercy — a place for impotent people to be 
in ; that is, sick, weak, and helpless people, 
who would lie waiting for the moving of the 
water j for it is said that an angel went 
down at a certain season into the pool and 
troubled the water; and that whosoever then 
first after the troubling of the water stepped 
in was made whole of whatsoever disease 
he had. \ 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 281 

You see, at a certain time an angel might 
be sent to cause some spring of water, which 
no one knew of, that would cure sickness, to 
run into the pool, and as it would run down 
into the reservoir it would cause a great 
moving or bubbling up of the water. 

So the people would wait in the porches, 
and the very moment they would see the 
water moving, what a hurry there would be 
to help the blind, the lame, the helpless peo- 
ple into the water, every one trying to be the 
first one to step into the water ; but how 
would it be with them who, in the great hurry, 
could get no person to help them quickly? 
They would wait and wait on, with the hope 
that they might yet some time be able to get 
some one to put them in just at the right 
time to be cured of their sickness, whatever 
it might be. 

Now, as Jesus came up to this place to go 
through the gate into the city, he could but 
see the crowd of sick people in the porches, 
waiting for the water to move. There was 
one, however, among them, who was a crip- 
ple; did Jesus notice him any more than 
any of the others sick, think you? The 
pitying eye of Jesus caught a glimpse of 



282 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

him. He knew how very weak and lame he 
was, that he could not help himself, and had 
been sick thirty- eight years ; while he could 
see how sick and lonely he looked lying upon 
his bed a cripple. Presently Jesus stopped 
to talk with this impotent man, for he had 
in his heart sympathized with this poor man 
that had no one to help him in his trouble, 
and said to him, Wilt thou be made whole ? 
At this question, would not the impotent 
man, looking up to Jesus, feel in his very 
heart a wish that the* person who was speak- 
ing to him might help him to be made whole ? 
He thought that there was no other cure for 
him but to bathe in the waters of the pool 
of Bethesda; so, not knowing who Jesus 
was, he told him his troubles, how it was 
that he could not get cured, saying, Sir, I 
have no man, when the water is troubled, to 
put me into the pool ; but while I am com- 
ing, another steppeth down before me. 

What did Jesus do for the man? Jesus 
did not wait to help the man to step down 
into the pool to make him whole, but said to 
him at once, Rise, take up thy bed and walk. 
And immediately the man was made whole, 
and took up his bed and walked. 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 283 

Jesus would have us see, that though we 
are miserable, helpless beings, yet there is 
both mercy and help for us in him; that he 
is not only able, but willing and ready, at 
any moment, to save poor sin-sick souls from 
their sins. 

Children, as you look unto Jesus, do you 
wish in your very hearts to be saved just 
now? Jesus will not keep you waiting, he 
will save at once. 

You may now sing the verses in the be- 
ginning of the preceding lesson. 

(The children sing.) 
" Come, ye sinners, poor and needy," etc. 



~o- 



LESSON XXVIII. 

ABOUT JESUS AND THE MAN WITH A W r ITHEKED 

HAND— THE DEAE AND DUMB MAN— TWO 

BLIND MEN— BARTIMEUS. 

"Jesus, I come to thee, 

Lamb of God ! Lamb of God ! 
Be gracious unto me, 

Lamb of God ! 
Sinful and poor am I, 
Yet thou for sin didst die ; 
Look now with pitying eye, 

Lamb of God ! Lamb of God ! 
0, listen to my cry 

Lamb of God ! 



284 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

On thee alone I lean, 

Lamb of God ! Lamb of God ! 
None else, can make me clean, 

Lamb of God ! 
Wash me from every stain, 
Nor let one spot remain ; 
Heal all my sin and pain, 

Lamb of God ! Lamb of God ! 
I can not plead in vain, 

Lamb of God!" 

Dear children, you have seen how Jesus 
cured the weak and helpless man, the man 
who had been a cripple thirty-eight years, as 
well as those persons who had the leprosy 
and other diseases. Jesus cured all sorts of 
lameness. One time when Jesus was there, 
a man with a withered hand came unto him, 
and Jesus told him to stretch forth his 
hand ; and did he obey Jesus ? Could he 
stretch out a withered hand? The man did 
so immediately, and his hand was well like 
the other. 

You see, the man obeyed Jesus, and so his 
hand was cured. 

At another time, in the synagogue where 
Jesus was, there was a poor woman, who was so 
bent together that she was unable to lift herself 
up, that is, her back was so bent she could 
not stand up straight, and was obliged to 
hold her head down all the time. And when 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 285 

Jesus saw her, and knew how long she had 
suffered in this way, that she had been bent 
nigh eighteen years, he pitied her, and asked 
her if she would be made whole. He put 
his hands on her, and in a moment her poor 
crooked back was made straight, and she 
could lift up her head just like other people. 
And 0, how she thanked and praised God 
her Savior ! 

But, children, we now wish to tell you 
how Jesus caused the deaf to hear, and the 
dumb to speak. 

The first one we will tell you about is 
one which seems to have greatly surprised 
the people. Now, on returning to Caper- 
naum, after the storm we told you about, 
Jesus performed several great miracles, after 
which he performed a great one on a dumb 
man possessed with a devil. It is said that 
when the devil was cast out, the dumb man 
spoke and the people were amazed. 

You shall now hear about a man who was 
deaf, and who had an impediment in his 
speech and could not speak plain. 

But, then, what way did Jesus take to 
let the man know about the cure? He would 
have to converse with him by signs, would 



286 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

he not? Having taken him apart from the 
multitude, Jesus put his fingers in the man's 
ears, theu he touched his tongue with moist- 
ure from his own mouth. This would let 
the man see what Jesus could do for him, 
and would help him to believe Jesus would 
cure him. Then Jesus looked up to heaven, 
so as to let the man know how the cure 
came altogether from heaven ; and as he 
looked up he sighed, as if he was sorry to 
see sad troubles which sin had brought down 
upon the people of this world ; then he said 
to the deaf ear and the bound-up tongue, 
Ephphatha, which means " Be opened," and 
that very moment the man could both speak 
and hear. 

What did Jesus do for the blind? Did 
he ever cause any one who was blind to see? 
You shall hear of things he did, how he 
caused the blind to see. 

As we have already told you, on landing 
at Capernaum he performed several miracles. 

We will now tell you about the miracle 
he performed when he came to the house 
where he lived ; and will tell you about one 
he performed he/ore he could get to the 
house, in the next lesson. 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 287 

As Jesus was passing along two blind men 
followed him, and cried saying, Thou Son of 
David, have mercy on us! Jesus did not, 
however, turn to them, but let them follow 
him. And when he came into the house, 
the blind men came to him, and he asked 
them at once if they believed he wa3 able to 
do this? And they said, Yea, Lord. Then 
Jesus touched their eyes, and did not say, 
Be opened, but said, According to your 
faith he it unto you. And their eyes were 
opened. 

What sort of faith had these blind men? 
They had good faith, or their eyes would 
not have been opened. 

At another time, when Jesus and his dis- 
ciples, and a great crowd with him, were 
passing through Jericho, a poor blind man, 
called Bartimeus, was sitting by the wayside 
begging. Hearing the tramp of many peo- 
ple, Bartimeus asked what it meant, and he 
was told that Jesus of Nazareth was passing 
by. No sooner did poor blind Bartimeus 
catch the sound of that name, than he began 
to cry out in a very earnest manner, Jesus, 
thou Son of David, have mercy on me ! But 
some of the crowd or people near him forbid 



288 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

his crying out to disturb King Messiah in 
his march, saying he should hold his peace. 
This, however, made him cry the louder, 
Thou Son of David, have mercy on me ! 
And did the Son of David hear him? 
Jesus stood still, and commanded him to be 
called ; and they said to the blind man, Be 
of good comfort, arise, he calleth thee. And 
that he might not be hindered in getting to 
Jesus quickly, throwing off his outside gar- 
ment or coat, he sprang to his feet and came 
to Jesus. And Jesus said to him, What wilt 
thou that I should do for thee? And Bar- 
timeus said, Lord, that I might receive my 
sight. And Jesus said unto him, Go thy 
way, thy faith hath saved thee. And imme- 
diately he received his sight. 

Bartimeus was no longer obliged to stay 
in one place, and could go where he pleased. 
And so what did he choose to do? He fol- 
lowed Jesus in the way with the others, 
glorifying and praising God. And all the 
people when they saw it, gave praise to 
God. 

Having answered his cry for mercy, and 
having him brought to him, what did Jesus 
ask . Bartimeus ? (Pteplies.) When he told 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 289 

the Lord just what he wanted, was the 
prayer of Bartimeus answered? (Replies.) 
You see, when we pray, the Lord would have 
us tell him just what we want him to do 
for us. 

But why was Jesus called the Son of 
David ? (Replies : Because he was a de- 
scendant of King David ; and because by 
that name Jesus was known to be King 
Messiah.) How did these persons know about 
Jesus, that he could cure their blindness? 
They heard about his great works, and knew 
what the prophets had said how it should be 
when the Messiah should come. You may 
now repeat the text about it. 

(The children repeat.) 

" Then the eyes of the blind shall be 
opened, and the ears of the deaf shall be un- 
stopped. Then shall the lame man leap as 
an hart, and the tongue of the dumb shall 
sing." 

Bartimeus believed Jesus to be the Mes- 
siah that was to come, and so had faith 
to believe he would save him from his 
blindness. 

(The children repeat.) 

19 



290 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

" Son of David, hear them crying, 

In their blindness, dark and drear ; 
But their faith takes no denying, 
Knows not either doubt or fear ; 
Mercy on us, 
Son of David! 
Dost thou not thy suppliants hear? 

Yes, he hears, and heals their blindness, 

Giving both a perfect sight ; 
Such his love, his power, and goodness, 
Mercy his supreme delight ; 
Then, my Savior, 
Heal my blindness, 
Give my soul a perfect sight." 



LESSON XXIX. 

ABOUT JESUS AND THE MAN BORN BLIND. 

Was it ever known that any doctor or 
person gave sight to those who were born 
blind? Such a thing, children, was never 
known since the world began till Jesus came. 
No matter what was the cause of the blind- 
ness, he could cure it, even though they 
were born blind. 

One time as Jesus and his disciples were 
walking along together, the disciples spoke 
to Jesus about a man who was blind from 
his birth, and had never seen any at all. 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 291 

Jesus stopped for a few moments, that he 
might cause the man to be saved from his 
blindness. 

Now, children, I will tell you how the 
man was made to see. 

Jesus first spit on the ground and made 
some clay into a sort of mortar ; then he 
took the clay which he had moistened with 
his spittle and anointed the man's eyes with 
it who had been born blind, and said to 
him, Go and wash in the Pool of Siloam. 

And could the man see now ? No ; for 
there was something which Jesus required 
the man to do first before he could see ; and 
that was, to go and wash in a cistern. 

Did the man obey Jesus? He might 
think it a very simple and foolish way of 
being saved from his blindness, seeing he 
was born blind, just to go and wash off the 
clay on his eyes in the Pool of Siloam. 

The man went, and as he washed in the 
pool his blindness went off, and ! the man 
that was born blind came seeing ! And the 
man afterward worshiped Jesus. 

This man's going and washing just as he 
had been bidden, what did it show? It 
showed his faith in Jesus, that if he would 



292 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

but do the little he could do, he would save 
him from his blindness. 

It is said that so long as people do not 
get their hearts changed from a bad to a 
good heart, that just so long there is a blind- 
ness in their souls. They can neither see 
the things of God, nor know Jesus as they 
ought. 

All the people of this world are sinners, 
they are all born in sin, and have the blind- 
ness which sin causes in their souls, while 
they do not like to hear about the things of 
God, nor can they even, as they should, 
speak his praises. 

How are we to be saved? Jesus died to 
save us ; he bids us all to come to him and 
be washed in his blood by his Spirit. 

What is this coming and being washed in 
the blood of Jesus? Children, it is faith in 
Jesus that he died for us and saves us from 
all our sins. 

You see how there is mercy for us in the 
Lord Jesus ; but, while we pray and tell him 
just what we wish him to do for our souls, 
there is something which we must all do 
first before we can be forgiven and saved ; 
and I think, children, you know what that 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 293 

one thing is that we must do — that we must 
have faith in Jesus, believe he died for us 
and saves us from our sins, as he has said. 

Children, I hope you will obey the Lord 
Jesus, and attend to that one thing which 
he requires of you; for what has he said? 
According to your faith be it unto you. 

You may now sing the verses in the second 
hymn of the preceding lesson. 

(The children sing.) 
" Son of David, Lear them crying," etc. 

Now sing the first hymn in the same lesson. 

(The children sing.) 

"Jesus, I come to thee," etc. 



LESSON XXX. 

ABOUT JESUS BRINGING THE DEAD TO LIFE— THE 
RULER'S DAUGHTER— THE WIDOW'S SON. 

" Thy voice, dear Jesus, wakes the dead, 
And death yields up her prey ; 
It brings the silent sleeper forth 
From darkness into day. 

So shall I wake when thou dost call 

The dead from every tomb, 
To stand before thy judgment bar 

To hear their final doom. 



294 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

Lord, from sin's delusive sleep 

Awake my slumbering heart; 
And by thy Spirit's quickening power 

Reviving grace impart." 

You have seen, dear children, what was 
done for people who were sick, and lame, 
and blind, how Jesus cured them and made 
them well ; but did Jesus ever do any thing 
for those whose friends were dead, as well 
as for the dead^ themselves ? 

You shall see, children, what was done. 

One time as Jesus was going along with a 
great crowd of people about him, a man 
whose name was Jairus, a ruler of the syna- 
gogue, came through the crowd to Jesus, and 
fell down at his feet, and besought him to 
come to his house, for his only daughter, 
twelve years of age, lay dying ; but while he 
was yet speaking to Jesus, a person came to 
the ruler, and told him not to trouble the 
Master, that his daughter was dead. Jesus, 
however, hearing this, said to the ruler, 
Fear not: believe only, and she shall be 
made whole. 

And when they came to the place, Jesus 
would allow no one to go in with him but 
his disciples, Peter, James, and John. 

Now, when they came into the house, the 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 295 

ruler's family, and those who were assembled 
to mourn with them, were all weeping and 
wailing : And Jesus said to them, Weep not, 
she is not dead, but sleepeth. But they all 
laughed scornfully at Jesus; that is, the 
ruler's family, and the people who were with 
them, knowing that the child was really 
dead. So Jesus put them all out, and would 
allow no one to be in the room with him but 
his three disciples and the parents, for they 
believed Jesus, and would not laugh at what 
he said as the others had done. 

And when Jesus was alone with the dis- 
ciples and the parents having put all the 
others out and closed the door, he took the 
xhild by the hand, and called, saying, Maid, 
arise. And her spirit came again, and she 
was alive and well. And Jesus told them to 
give her some food. And the parents were 
astonished. You see, the dea\i can hear the 
voice of Jesus. 

One time as Jesus and his disciples, with 
a crowd of people, were coming into a city 
called Nam, and were near the gate of the 
city, behold, there was a funeral just coming 
out. It was the funeral of a young man, 
the only son of a widow. 



296 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

Now, the funeral was a very large one, for 
many of the people of Nain, who mourned 
with the widow that she had lost her only 
son, were with her walking in the procession. 

And when Jesus saw the woman, he felt 
so very sorry for her he said, Weep not! 
And what now did Jesus do? He came and 
touched the bier, and the men who were 
carrying it stood still; then Jesus spoke to 
the dead man, and said, Young man, I say 
unto thee, arise ! And he that was dead sat 
up, and began to speak. And Jesus gave 
the young man to his mother alive and well 

And now how were the people affected by 
this miracle? A fear came upon all, and they 
glorified God; that is, they praised God, say- 
ing that a great prophet is risen up among 
us ; and that God hath visited his people. 

Who were with Jesus when he raised the 
ruler's daughte*r from the dead? (Replies.) 
Who saw Jesus raise the widow's son from 
the dead as they were carrying him to the 
grave to bury him ? (Replies : A great many 
people saw him, those ivho were with Jesus, 
and those who were with the widow.') After 
this great multitude of people had seen 
Jesus raise the widow's son from the dead, 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 297 

on their return to their homes what did they 
do? They made Jesus known every where 
they went throughout all the country of 
Judea; they told what power Jesus had to 
raise the dead. 

Can any being raise the dead but God? 
No. But Jesus did. How was it that he 
could raise the dead? I will tell you how 
it was ; Jesus was God as well as man; there- 
fore, he could raise the dead. 

Can any one forgive sins but God ? You 
may repeat the text about it. 

(The children repeat.) 

"Who can forgive sin but God alone?" 
What does this miracle teach us of Christ? 
Children, it teaches us his tender sympathy 
with those who are in trouble, and his great 
power to help them. 

Have you chosen him for your Savior, and 
given him your hearts? There are some 
verses that will help you to remember this 
lesson ; you may repeat them. 

(The children repeat.) 

11 1 Weep not,' the Savior saith, 
Weep not for those who die, 
Nor tremble at approaching death, 
For Christ is ever nigh. 



298 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

Death is a vanquished foe, 
Christ the victorious king ; 

Nor can his trusting children know 
The power of death to sting. 

When little children die, 
Who love the Savior well, 

The angels bear their souls on high, 
With Christ in heaven to dwell. 

My Savior I will love, 

And this shall be my prayer, 

That I may dwell in heaven above, 
And love my Savior there." 



LESSON XXXI. 

ABOUT JESUS AND THE FAMILY AT BETHANY. 

Dear children, in a town called Bethany 
there lived a very loving family, two sisters, 
Martha and Mary, and their brother Lazarus. 
And there was one person whom this family 
loved very much; who was it? I will tell 
you who it was ; it was Jesus. Jesus loved 
them, and they loved Jesus. 

This town was situated in a valley below 
the Mount of Olives, some six miles from 
Jerusalem. When Jesus went to Jerusa- 
lem to stop any time, he generally left the 
city at night, and would either go over to 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 299 

the Mount of Olives, and pass the night 
there, or he would go down to Bethany, and 
lodge with his friend Lazarus. 

Now, Lazarus was taken very sick ; Martha 
and Mary knew that Jesus loved him very 
much, and they thought if they would but 
let him know how his friend was sick, he 
would surely make him well. 

So one day, while Jesus was away beyond 
Jordan, where John at first baptized, a per- 
son came to him in great haste, with this 
message from the sisters : He whom thou 
lovest is sick ! And the only word Jesus 
gave them was this, This sickness is not unto 
death, but for the glory of God. 

In the mean time, however, Lazarus died; 
and the sisters were now in great sorrow and 
trouble. 

But why did not Jesus make him well 
when the sisters sent him word that he was 
sick ? You see, Lazarus died after the men 
left with the message to Jesus. So, Jesus 
knowing that Lazarus was dead when the 
men came to him, would comfort the sisters. 
He sent them a word which would give them 
a hope that he would raise Lazarus from the 
dead. What was the word which Jesus gave 



300 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

to the messenger from Martha and Mary? 
(Replies.) 

And after remaining still in the same place 
two days, Jesus left and went to Bethany; 
and when he had come near the place, he 
found that Lazarus had been dead and in his 
grave four days. 

What did Jesus do? He had raised 
the dead, but then they were not in their 
graves. You shall see, children, what was 
done. 

The two sisters were sitting in the house 
with many of their friends around them, who 
were paying them a visit, that they might 
comfort them in their sorrow. And Martha 
was told that Jesus was coming, and she 
went immediately out to meet him. And 
when she beheld him she cried, Lord, if thou 
hadst been here, my brother had not died. 
And then she said, But I know that even 
now whatsoever thou wilt ask of God, God 
will give it thee. You see, Martha not only 
knew Jesus had raised the dead, but under- 
stood the word Jesus had given the messen- 
ger, and so had a hope that he would raise 
her brother from -the dead to life again. 
And Jesus, answering her, said, Thy brother 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 301 

shall rise again. From the way Jesus now 
answered her, Martha began to think he 
would not now raise her brother as she had 
thought, and so somewhat sadly said, I know 
my brother will rise again in the resurrec- 
tion at the last day. And Jesus said to her, 
I am the resurrection and the life ; he that 
believeth in me, though he were dead, yet 
shall he live ; and whosoever liveth and be- 
lieveth in me, shall never die. Believest 
thou this ? And she said, Yea, Lord, I be- 
lieve that thou art the Christ, the Son of the 
living God, which should come into the 
World. 

Martha now believed that Jesus was truly 
her Savior, and so with a gladdened heart 
she went back to the house, and told her 
sister Mary how Jesus had come, and wished 
to see her, and she went immediately out to 
see him, for he was still in the same place 
Martha met him. 

So when Mary left the house, the friends 
who were with her thought she was going to 
her brother's grave to weep there, and so 
followed her ; but it was to Jesus she went. 

And when Mary came where Jesus was, 
she fell down at his feet and cried, Lord, if 



302 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

thou hadst been here, my brother had not 
died ; and could say no more for weeping. 
And when Jesus saw her great grief, and 
how all the people who were with her were 
weeping, he groaned in spirit, and was 
troubled, for his heart was full of love and 
pity ; he felt grieved for them that they were 
all in such sorrow. And he asked where 
they had laid him; and they said, Come and 
see. And when he beheld the place where 
Lazarus was buried, Jesus wept. And some 
of the Jews who saw Jesus weeping, said, 
Behold how he loved him. Martha, how- 
ever, could not see just what Jesus intended to 
do, her faith again becoming weak ; that if 
Jesus only wished to look once more on the 
face of his friend, it would be unpleasant for 
him; objected to having the grave opened, 
saying that her brother had been dead four 
days, aud the body had now begun to decay. 
But Jesus reminded her how he had told her 
if she would but believe, she should see the 
glory of God. At these words faith again 
sprung up in Martha's heart, full and clear, 
believing every thing which Jesus had prom- 
ised ; she could see clearly that Jesus was 
now about to raise her brother from the 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 303 

dead, even though he had already begun to 
decay. 

Jesus being np longer hindered by Mar- 
tha's want of faith in the great work he 
wished to perform, the stone was taken 
away ; and Jesus looked up to his Father 
and thanked him for the opportunity he had 
of performing this miracle ; not, he said, for 
his own sake, but for the sake of those who 
stood by, that they may believe thou hast 
sent me into the world. Then Jesus cried 
with a loud voice, Lazarus, come forth ! 
And that moment Lazarus lived, and worked 
himself out of the grave, even though the 
grave-clothes which he had on confined his 
limbs, and his face was bound about with a 
napkin. And Jesus told those who stood 
near him to loose his clothes and let him go. 
And Lazarus stood among them new and 
fresh, without any decay or taint of the grave 
about him. 

You know, children, how persons who sin 
against God were said to be dead in trespasses 
and sin. What can Jesus do for the souls 
of those who ai^ dead in trespasses and sin? 
He can give them eternal life. 

But when does Jesus give this eternal life 



304 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

to people ? (Eeplies : He gives them eternal 
life when he gives them a new hearty and they 
are bom of the Holy Spirit?) ^ How did Jesus 
say the Holy Spirit should be in the heart? 
(Replies : He says the Holy Spirit shall be 
in the heart as a well of water springing up 
into everlasting life.) 

Yes ; and so he told Martha that all living 
people who believed in him should never 
die. 

You have now seen two things: 1. That 
Jesus is the resurrection and the life of the 
dead who believe in him; 2. That Jesus is 
the life of the living who believe in him with 
the whole heart, that he is their Savior, the 
Son of God, who was to come into the 
world. 

You may now repeat the text about the 
first thing, how Jesus is the resurrection and 
the life of the dead who had believed in him. 

(The children repeat.) 

"I am the resurrection, and the life; he 
that believeth in me, though he were dead, 
yet shall he live." 

You may now repeat the text about the 
second thing, how Jesus is the life of the 
living who believe in him. 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 305 

(The children repeat.) 

"Whosoever liveth and believeth in me 
snail never die." 

Now you may repeat Martha's answer, 
when Jesus asked if she believed what he 
said. 

(The children repeat.) 

" Yea, Lord ; I believe that thou art the 
Christ, the Son of God, which should eome 
into the world." 

How may we get this eternal life in our 
souls, and be saved at last, soul and body, in 
heaven ? 

You know, children, it is only by believ- 
ing in Jesus with all the heart, that we can 
have a new heart and be born of the Holy 
Spirit. 

Is there any promise about this eternal 
life, which we may take home to our own 
hearts by believing, if we but leave off all 
our sins? There is a text about it; you may 
repeat it. 

(The children repeat.) 

" He that believeth in me shall have ever- 
lasting life, and I will raise him up at the 
last day." 

What is the best time to prepare for death ; 
20 



306 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

that is, to get a new heart, and be born of 
the Holy Spirit, so as to be saved at last, 
both soul and body, in heaven? (Replies: 
The best time to prepare for death is in child- 
hood and youth.) 

You may now sing the first hymn in the 
lesson. 

(The children sing.) 
" Thy voice, dear Jesus, wakes the dead," etc. 



LESSON XXXII. 

THE MIEACLE OF THE LOAVES— THE TRANSFIGUKA- 
TION. 

Dear children, you have now seen the 
great things Jesus did for those who were 
sick, how he cured them of all their sick- 
nesses ; but did Jesus ever do any thing for 
people when they were hungry ? 

You will remember the time when Jesus 
performed so many miracles as he landed, 
just on his return after the storm. Now, at 
that time, while Jesus was yet in Capernaum 
with his disciples gathered around him, the 
people who wished to see Jesus were coming 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 307 

and going so in such crowds all the time, it 
is said that they could not get any rest, not 
so much as to eat. So Jesus having told his 
disciples to come with him to a desert, to a 
quiet place where they might rest awhile, 
they left the city without letting the people 
know about their going, and went by water 
in a ship to the desert. 

The people, however, could see them go. 
They could look at the ship, and they saw to 
what place it was sailing, and so followed 
Jesus by land on foot. 

And when Jesus with his disciples on 
landing had come to the place where he 
wished to eat, he looked, and behold a very 
great company of men, women, and children 
were assembled in the place to meet him. 

What did Jesus do — send them away? 
No ! He pitied the people ; so he said they 
were as sheep having no shepherd ; and so, 
instead of resting, he preached to them and 
healed all their sick ones. 

The people had listened to the words of 
Jesus all day, and it was now getting dark. 
And being in a wilderness place where they 
could not get any food, the disciples came to 
Jesus and asked him if he would send the 



308 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

people home that they might get themselves 
something to eat? But Jesus knew how 
the people had eaten nothing all day, and 
did not wish to send them away tired and 
hungry, and said to the disciples, Can not 
you feed them? Philip said, Two hundred 
penny-worth of bread is not sufficient for 
them, that all may take a little. And An- 
drew said, There is a lad here with five 
barley loaves and two small fishes, but what 
are they among so many? 

Jesus, however, told the disciples to have 
the people sit down on the grass in an orderly 
manner; that is, in companies, having fifty 
in each. 

The people being seated, in number five 
thousand men, besides the women and little 
children, Jesus took the five loaves and two 
fishes which had been brought to him, and 
when he had given thanks, having broken 
up the bread, he gave it to the twelve disci- 
ples, and the disciples gave to the people. 
And they did all eat and had as much as 
they wanted ; and after they were done they 
took of the pieces that were left twelve 
baskets full. 

What a great miracle ! You see, children, 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 309 

neither the disciples nor any other person 
could make five loaves and a few fishes 
enough to feed such a great multitude of 
people; but Jesus did, and no one but God 
could do such a miracle. 

A few days afterward, Jesus and the dis- 
ciples came at evening to the foot of a very 
high mountain, supposed to be Mount Tabor. 
Jesus, leaving the rest of the disciples below, 
took Peter, and James, and John, and went 
up into the mountain to pray, and was trans- 
figured before them. But what is it to be 
transfigured? 

To be transfigured, is to be changed both 
in form and appearance. But when you hear 
about it, how it was that Jesus was trans- 
figured, I think you will be better able to 
see something of what is meant by it. 

When Jesus had come into the mountain, 
he left the three disciples by themselves, and 
went a little way from them ; not so far, 
however, but that the disciples could both 
see and hear him pray. 

Now Jesus prayed a long while, and the 
disciples being weary, they fell asleep; bat 
when they awoke they saw their Master was 
greatly changed, that his face did shine as 



310 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

the sun, and that his raiment, that is, his 
clothes, was white as the light. They saw, 
too, that he was not alone, for two other per- 
sons appeared in glory with him ; and who 
do you think they were? One was Moses, 
the person to whom God gave the ten com- 
mandments, that he might teach them to the 
people; and the other one was Elijah, the 
chief of the prophets, who was taken up to 
heaven, like Enoch, without dying. Moses 
had been in heaven near three thousand 
years, and Elijah had been there a long 
while too. They looked bright and shining 
like the people of heaven in glory. 

The disciples not only knew these two per- 
sons, but they heard what they were saying 
to Jesus, that they were talking to him about 
his death, how he would die at Jerusalem. 

Peter said to Jesus, "Lord, let us make 
here three tabernacles or booths, one for 
thee, and one for Moses, and one for Elias." 
But while he was yet speaking, behold, what 
happened? A bright cloud overshadowed 
them; and a voice out of the cloud said, 
This is my beloved Son, in whom I am well 
pleased; hear ye him. 

You see, God would have people know 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 311 

Jesus, his beloved Son, is the person to whom 
he now gives his laws and makes known his 
mind; that there will be no other teacher 
but Jesus, and that they are now to hear 
hint. 

Remember, children, Jesus, the Son of 
God, is the great teacher that was to come 
into the world. We are now to obey his 
laws and mind his Word. I hope you will 
listen to the teaching of Jesus. You know 
what he has said, that you must have a new 
heart — be born again. 

There are some verses about a new heart, 
which, children, I would wish you to learn, 
and say them to me next Sabbath; but just 
now you may repeat them. 

(The children repeat.) 

" God of mercy ! God of love ! 
Hear me from thy throne above ; 
Teach me how in truth to pray, 
Take my sinful heart away. 

Often I offend thee, Lord, 
I neglect thy holy Word, 
Break thy blessed Sabbath day ; 
Take my rebel heart away. 

When my friends and teachers kind, 
Bid me their instructions mind, 
When I talk or idly play, 
Take my careless heart away. 



312 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

Oft I disobedient grow, 
And ungrateful tempers show, 
Evil things I do and say ; 
Take my wicked heart away. 

"When of Jesus' love I'm told, 
And my heart is dull and cold, 
! to me thy love display, 
Take my stony heart away. 

Mold my nature all afresh, 
Give to me the heart of flesh ; 
For I know that grace Divine 
Changes even hearts like mine." 



LESSON XXXIII. 

CHRIST BLESSING LITTLE CHILDREN— THE GOOD 
SHEPHERD. 

And now, children, we have told how 
Jesus received people, that he was always 
kind, good, and merciful to them ; but how 
did he receive little children? Did he ever 
notice them at all, or do any thing for them 
in particular? What did he say about them? 
What did he do for them? You shall now 
hear about these things. 

One time, some persons who wished not 
only to belong to Jesus themselves, but who 
desired to have their . children belong to 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 313 

him, also, that they might grow up in his 
love and service, brought their little children 
to Jesus, to have him put his hands on them 
and bless them. 

But the disciples forbid the children being 
brought; thinking, as it would seem, that 
the children were too young to learn any 
thing, and so would only trouble the Lord 
to have them brought to him. 

And when Jesus knew about it, how the 
disciples had not only forbid the persons 
themselves from coming to Jesus, in their 
fear of troubling him, but prevented the 
little children from receiving his blessing, 
he was much displeased with the disciples, 
and reproved them for doing so, and said, 
Suffer the little children to come unto me, 
for of such is the kingdom of God. 

And then said, Verily, I say unto you, 
whosoever shall not receive the kingdom of 
God as a little child, shall not enter therein. 
And now what did he with the little chil- 
dren ? He took them up in his arms, and 
put his hands on them, and blessed them. 

What was the first thing Jesus said about 
children coming to him? (Replies.) 

Will the Savior receive little children now? 



314 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

Does he love them as he did when upon 
earth? Jesus loves little children now just 
as much as ever, and you know the way to 
come to him, and ask him to forgive your 
sins and bless you. You can pray to him, 
and he will bless you. 

Jesus would have us see how he is the 
life of the soul as well as the body ; that he 
can save the soul and keep it from dying. 

So, you see, if sinners are not saved it 
will be because they will not come to Jesus, 
nor believe in him that they may be saved, 
so as to have the Holy Spirit in their soul 
and filled with the love of Jesus. 

What does Jesus say to those who will 
not come to him? You may repeat the 
text. 

(The children repeat.) 

" Ye will not come unto me that ye might 
have life." 

When the Lord Jesus saw the great mul- 
titude of people who had come out to the 
wilderness to meet him, how did he feel? 
He pitied them. Why? Because he said 
they were as sheep having no shepherd; 
that is, had no one to care for their souls. 

You know, children, what a shepherd is; 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 315 

that a shepherd is one who takes care of 
sheep, leads them out to pasture where they 
may find grass to eat and water to drink, 
and keeps them safe from all harm by night 
as well as by day ; and how the sheep know 
the shepherd's voice, and will follow him 
wherever he leads them. 

Jesus called himself the Good Shepherd. 
Why? Because he cares for the souls of 
people ; he not only feeds and takes care of 
them, but he laid down his life to save them. 
And so, you know, we are now to hear Jesus, 
the Son of Grod, and be his sheep, his fol- 
lowers. 

(The children repeat.) 

" See ! the kind shepherd, Jesus, stands, 
With all-engaging charms; 
Hark ! how he calls the tender lambs, 
And folds them in his arms. 

Let little children come ! he cries, 

Forbid them not to come ; 
Their mansion is above the skies, 

And I will lead them home. 

He'll lead us to the heavenly streams, 

Where living waters flow, 
And guide us to fruitful fields, 

Where trees of knowledge grow. 

The smallest lamb amid the flock 

"Shall be the shepherd's care; 
While folded in the Savior's arms 
We 're safe from every snare." 



316 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

Some of the Jews complained of Jesus, be- 
cause lie was friendly to sinners; that he both 
received them and ate with them. Then 
Jesus spoke a parable to them. You know 
what a parable is, that it is an instructive 
story. 

The parable was this : What man of you 
having a hundred sheep, if he lose one of 
them, doth not leave the ninety and nine in 
the wilderness, and goeth after that which is 
lost till he find it? And when he hath found 
it, he layeth it on his' shoulder, rejoicing. 
And when he cometh home, he calleth to- 
gether his friends and neighbors, saying unto 
them, Rejoice with me ! for I have found my 
sheep which was lost. I say unto you that 
likewise joy shall be in heaven over one sin- 
ner that repenteth, more than over ninety 
and nine just persons which need no re- 
pentance. 

By the lost sheep, whom did. Jesus mean? 
(Replies : He meant sinners.) By the just 
persons, whom did he mean? Probably 
he meant the angels in heaven. For having 
never sinned, they have no sins to re- 
pent of. 

There are some pretty verses, children, 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 317 

that will just be in place here ; you may now 
repeat them. 

(The children repeat.) 

" A little lamb forsook the fold, 
And wandered far away, 
In mountain forests, dark and cold, 
Where every danger lay. 

The shepherd called the wanderer back 

With many a tender word, 
And far upon that mountain track 

The shepherd's voice was heard. 

He followed on through depths profound, 

In darkness and in storm, 
Till on the mountain's utmost bound 

He saw its trembling form. 

He took the lamb upon his breast, 

To shield it from the cold, 
And safely laid it down to rest 

Within the guarded fold. 

'T was I who strayed so far away, 

'Twas I the Savior found; 
I in his gentle bosom lay, 

By love securely bound. 

0, loving Shepherd, I will keep 

Forever near thy side, 
And follow with thy faithful sheep 

My Savior and my guide." 

Would you wish to be one of those little 
lambs over which there is joy in heaven? 
Then, children, you know what you must do ; 



318 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

how you must leave off all your sins and get 
the love of God in your heart. 

But when Jesus blesses you, what does he 
wish you to do? He would then have you 
confess his goodness and power to save in 
saving you from your sins, to follow him 
and never leave him ; and he will feed you 
with his love, and take care of you while you 
live, and when you die he will take you to 
heaven to live with him forever. 



LESSON XXXIV. 

JESUS WALKING UPON THE WATER— THE TRIUMPHAL 
ENTRY INTO JERUSALEM. 

Dear children, when Jesus had not only 
preached to the multitude that came out to 
meet him all day, but had fed them with the 
five loaves and two small fishes, what did he 
perceive? He perceived that the people 
wished to take him with his disciples by force, 
and make him their king at Jerusalem. So 
he sent his disciples in a ship or boat to the 
other side of the lake — Lake Tiberias — and 
dismissed the people, that they might go to 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 319 

their homes, and then went into the mountain 
to pray. 

Jesus continued to pray all night; that is, 
till after three o'clock in the morning. 

But what had become of the disciples ? It 
was dark night, the wind blew very hard. 
They were out on the deep water rowing and 
toiling, and could not make the other shore, 
and so were in great fear and trouble. 

JeSus, however, could see them from the 
mountain where he was. And now that they 
were in very great danger he determined to 
go to their assistance at once. 

But how was he to get to them? He was 
alone in a wilderness-place, and the disciples 
had the boat away out upon the water, about 
four miles from the shore. Could he not 
walk upon the water? Jesus could walk as 
easily upon the water or the air as he could 
upon the land ; for you know he created 
both the air and water as well as the land. 
What does the text say? It is said that 
all things were created by him and for him. 
Col. i, 16, 17. And so Jesus came unto the 
disciples walking upon the sea. 

And when the disciples saw him walking 
on the sea they were troubled, saying, It is 



320 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

a spirit ;' and they cried out for fear. But 
immediately Jesus spoke to them, saying, Be 
of good cheer; it is I; be not afraid. And 
Peter answering, said, Lord, if it be thou, bid 
me come unto thee on the water. And he 
said, Come. And when Peter had come 
down out of the ship, he walked on the 
water to go to Jesus. But when he saw the 
wind boisterous, he was afraid; and begin- 
ning to sink, he cried, raying, Lord, save 
me, or I perish. And immediately Jesus 
stretched forth his hand and caught him, 
saying, thou of little faith, wherefore didst 
thou doubt? And when they were come 
into the ship the wind ceased, and the sea 
became calm. 

Children, when in trouble think of the 
goodness and the mercy of the Lord Jesus 
to his disciples coming to them when in 
trouble upon the stormy sea, and let it com- 
fort you. No matter where you are, Jesus 
can see you from his throne in heaven. He 
is ever near and ready .to help you when in 
trouble, if you but trust in him. There 
are some verses that will help you to re- 
member this. You may repeat them after 
me. 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 321 

(The children repeat.) 

" In darkness, and in danger, Lord, 
In all the storms of life, 
I trust thy presence and thy Word 
To still the angry strife. 

When adverse winds assail my bark, 

And tempests around me roll; 
When days and nights alike are dark 

Unto my troubled soul — 

Then walk the waves, thou Son of God ! 

And bid the tempest cease ; 
For while I kiss thy lifted rod 

My soul cries out for peace." 

We never read of Jesus walking on the 
water but this once ; that when he went any 
where by water he went in a ship or a boat. 

But, in what way did he travel when he 
went by land? We always read of his 
traveling on foot, except once; and that 
once, children, we will now tell about. 

When it was within six days of the time 

of another Passover at Jerusalem, Jesus went 

over to the town of Bethany to see his friend 

Lazarus, with hi3 disciples. Many of the 

people of Jerusalem hearing where he had 

gone, came over to see both Jesus and 

Lazarus ; for they wished to know if what 

they had heard was really true, that Jesus 

had raised Lazarus from the grave, after be- 

21 



322 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

ing dead and in his grave four days. (In 
that country they buried their friends almost 
immediately after they died.) You know 
Bethany was only six miles from Jerusalem. 

The next morning Jesus and his disciples 
were going over to Jerusalem ; and a great 
many people who were of Jerusalem, and 
who had gathered themselves together the 
previous evening, were going with them. 

Now, as the time had come in which Jesus 
would have all the people know, both the 
Jews and others, how he was that very king 
of which the prophets had foretold, the 
promised Savior that was to come into the 
world, and had a right to the throne of his 
father David, what did he do ? He sent two 
of his disciples over into a village to get a 
colt, the foal of an ass, whereon no man had 
ever sat. 

What had a prophet said many hundred 
years before this, about the Savior riding on 
an ass? You may repeat the text on the 
prophecy. 

(The children repeat.) 

"Rejoice greatly, daughter of Zion ! 
daughter of Jerusalem, behold thy king 
cometh unto thee ; he is just, and hav- 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 323 

ing salvation ; lowly, and riding upon an 



ass." 



And when they had brought the colt 
which they had borrowed as the Lord 
directed, the disciples took * their outer gar- 
ments and spread them over its back ; then 
the Lord Jesus mounted thereon, and was 
escorted by the people as he proceeded on- 
ward toward Jerusalem, with such honors as 
were given to kings. 

And here, as they came to the brow of 
the hill, they were met by a crowd who had 
come out of the city to meet them. And 
now the shout of a king was very great, 
while some hurried to cut down branches 
from the trees and strewed them in the way, 
and others spread their robes in the way, as 
a carpet for Jesus to ride upon. And as 
they began to descend the mount, the disci- 
ples began to praise God for all the great 
work which they had seen, when all the peo- 
ple joining in, they shouted hosannas, Blessed 
is the King of Israel, that cometh in the 
name of the Lord ! Blessed be the kingdom 
of our father David, that cometh in the name 
of the Lord ! Hosanna in the highest ! 

Some Pharisees, however, who were near, 



324 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

did not like to hear what the people had 
shouted, and wished Jesus to stop their 
shouts; and Jesus said to them, I say unto 
you, were these to hold their peace, the very 
stones would cry out. 

And as the procession came nearer and 
nearer the city, the shouts of the people be- 
came more and more joyous. 

And when they came into Jerusalem, all 
the city was moved, saying, Who is this? 
And the multitude said, this is Jesus, the 
Prophet of Nazareth of Galilee. 

At last they came to the Temple; and here 
when Jesus came into the Temple, the chil- 
dren took up the song, and shouted, Hosanna 
to the Son of David ! 

And, children, would you not like to shout 
the praises of Jesus, as your Savior and your 
king? There is a verse about it; you may 
now sing it. 

(The children sing.) 

" Glory, honor, praise, and power, 
Be unto the Lamb forever; 
Jesus Christ is our Redeemer, 
Halleluiah! halleluiah, praise the Lord." 

And when the priests and scribes heard 
the children saying, Hosanna to the Son of 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 325 

David, they were greatly displeased, and said 
to Jesus, Hear ye what these say? as if the 
children ought not to praise Jesus, in saying 
what they did. But what did he say ? 
Jesus said to thern, Yea, have ye never 
read, Out of the mouths of babes and suck- 
lings thou hast perfected praise ? 

Did Jesus take notice of the praises of the 
children, what they were singing? (Replies : 
He did.) What did Jesus say to those dis- 
pleased at what the children said? (Replies: 
Have ye never read, Out of the mouths of 
babes and sucklings thou hast perfected 
praise ?) 

You see Jesus loves to have children 
praise him. 



LESSON XXXV. 

ABOUT JESUS— THE LORD'S SUPPER— THE AGONY— 
THE TRIAL, BOTH JEWISH AND ROMAN- 
SENTENCE AND DEATH. 

A short time after Christ's entry into 
Jerusalem, children, he and the twelve dis- 
ciples attended the Passover in the city, 
which was said to be held in a long upper- 
room. The Passover, you know, was a re- 



326 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

ligious feast of the Jews, held at Jerusalem 
once every year. 

You will remember, children, how God 
taught people the way to keep his promise 
in mind about his Son, the Savior who was 
to come into the world to be a man and die 
to save sinners from sin and misery ; that 
lambs were to be offered on an altar in sacri- 
fice to God, to keep people in mind how the 
Savior would die for them. But you know 
that after Jesus died on the cross, that his 
death was to be kept in mind in another 
way, which is by taking the sacrament; that 
is, the bread and wine, called the Lord's 
Supper. 

Now, Jesus knew about the wicked Jews, 
how their rulers were determined to put him 
to death at the time of the Passover ; as the 
time had now come for the real Lamb to be 
offered ; Jesus, God's Lamb, was to offer him- 
self up unto God a sacrifice to take away the 
sin of the world. So, at this last Passover, 
having told his disciples all about the wicked 
Jews putting him to death, and that they 
were now just about to crucify him, Jesus 
told his disciples, the apostles, what way 
they and all the people of God wer£ to keep 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 327 

his death in mind till he would come again 
at the last day. He gave them the sacra- 
ment, that is, the bread and wine ; and told 
them all to eat of the bread and drink of 
the wine with him, and showed them how 
they were to teach other disciples to take it. 
They break the bread and give it to all who 
love Christ, that they may remember how 
his precious body was broken with the nails 
and the spear on the cross. They pour out 
the wine and give it them to drink, that they 
may remember how Christ's blood was poured 
out of his dying body, and that he did it to 
save us from our sins. 

You can now see for yourselves why the 
sacrament is called the Lord's Supper ; that 
he both gave it to his disciples and eat of 
it with them, showing them how they were 
to teach other disciples to keep it, in re- 
membrance of him, till he would come 
again. 

I hope, children, you will not forget about 
the death of Jesus, for you now have 
learned how desirous Jesus was to have 
us keep it in mind. You may now repeat 
some verses which may help you to remem- 
ber this. 



328 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

(The children repeat.) 

u Dear Savior, though a little child, 
With sin my nature all denied ; 
I would, while I haye life and breath, 
Remember well thy cruel death. 

For me, for children, such as I, 
Did Jesus suffer, bleed, and die; 

He bore the cross, and shared the tomb, 
To save me from the sinner's doom." 



But how would the Jews take Jesus, that 
they might crucify him ? I will tell you ; 
Judas Iscariot, one of the twelve disciples, 
betrayed Jesus j and you shall see presently 
how he did it. 

When Mary, the sister of Lazarus, anointed 
Jesus with the precious ointment, how angry 
Judas was with her for doing so, because the 
ointment cost so much, saying the money had 
better been given to the poor than to be 
wasted that way, and left the company and 
went out, which you know was the evening 
just before the Passover ; and so what did 
he do? He went to the Jewish rulers, and 
for thirty pieces of silver agreed to tell them 
which was Jesus. 

Now, when Jesus had said and done all 
things that he wished at the Passover, he then 
went to Gethsemane, a garden or grove of 



INEANT CLASS MANUAL. 329 

olive-trees on Mount Olivet, near Jerusalem, 
and Peter and the two sons of Zebedee were 
with him; and he said to his disciples, My 
soul is exceeding sorrowful; tarry ye here and 
watch with me. And he went a little further 
and fell on his face and prayed; and the dis- 
ciples could see him and hear him pray. 
Jesus knew that he must now suffer and die 
upon the cross, and as he prayed to his 
Heavenly Father about it, he was in great 
agony, that is, distress, so that he sweat 
great drops of blood, which fell down on the 
ground. And an angel from heaven was 
sent to strengthen him, that he might bear 
all that his Father would have him suffer, in 
dying to take away the sin of the world. 
What caused all this sorrow and suffering ? 
Children, it was my sins and yours that 
caused it. 

There are some verses which you may now 
repeat ; they will help you to remember 
about the sorrow and suffering of Jesus in 
the garden. 

(The children repeat.) 

"How great thy sorrows, blessed Lord, 
When thou didst prostrate fall ; 
And in the anguish of thy soul 
Upon thy Father call ! 



330 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

When on thy calm and holy brow 
That bloody sweat rolled down, 

And human flesh and nature weak 
Beneath thy Fathers frown ! 

sin ! to cost my Savior this, 

How dreadful sin must be ! 
To cost this suffering, grief, and blood, 

For thee, my soul, for thee F J 

At length, having prayed several times, 
Jesus went again to his disciples, and said to 
them, Sleep on now and take your rest ; be- 
hold the hour is at hand, and the Son of 
man is betrayed into the hands of sinners. 
And while Jesus was yet speaking, what 
happened? Judas Iscariot, one of the twelve 
disciples, and a band of soldiers and officers 
from the chief priests and elders of the Jews 
with him, came into the garden ; for he knew 
the place where Jesus went to pray; and he 
came up to Jesus and said, "Hail, Master!" 
and kissed him ; which was to be a sign to 
the Jews, that the person whom he would 
kiss would be Jesus, so that they might 
know him. And was not Judas a very 
wicked man ? Yes, and a hypocrite, too ; for 
he professed to be what he was not — a friend, 
when he was a traitor. And Jesus said to 
him, Friend, wherefore art thou come? And 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 331 

when he kissed him, Jesus said to him, Judas, 
betrayest thou the Son of man with a kiss? 
! how cruel it was in Judas thus to betray 
his dear Lord and Master ! 



LESSON XXXVI. 

ABOUT JESUS, HIS ARREST AND TRIAL. 

When Jesus saw his enemies who had 
come out from the high-priest to take him, 
the chief priests and elders of the Jewish 
people, with a band of soldiers from the gov- 
ernment, with lanterns, and torches, and 
swords, and spears, what did Jesus do? He 
went up to them and said, Whom seek ye ? 
and they said, Jesus of Nazareth; and Jesus 
said to them, I am he. And they were 
afraid, and went backward, and fell to the 
ground. Jesus would have them see his 
power, that his very word could cause them 
to fall backward to the ground. And when 
they came again, Jesus asked them, Whom 
seek ye ? they said, Jesus of Nazareth. And 
Jesus said, I have told you I am he. Then 
the soldiers seized Jesus and bound him, and 



332 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

they led liini away to Annas first, and he 
sent hirn bound to Caiaphas the high-priest. 
Caiaphas questions Jesus about his preach- 
ing ; and he told him that the Jews knew 
how he had preached, and what he had said. 
One of the high-priest's servants did not like 
it because Jesus spoke this truth to the high- 
priest, and struck him on the mouth; and 
Jesus very meekly asked him if it was 
proper to strike him without a cause ? 

Now, they could not find any thing in 
Jesus that deserved punishment, though they 
pretended they did, and gave him into the 
care of the soldiers, who treated Jesus shame- 
fully ; and all that night Jesus had no rest. 
Early the next morning Jesus was brought 
before the Jewish rulers again, who were in 
the Temple ; and when they asked him if he 
was the Son of God ? he said he was, as he 
had told Caiaphas. But they still con- 
demned him, and said he should be put to 
death. 

But now what had become of Judas? 
When he saw Jesus was condemned, he was 
sorry, and brought again the thirty pieces 
of silver, saying, I have sinned — I have be- 
trayed innocent blood. And the chief priests 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 333 

and elders said, "What is that to us? see thou 
to that. Then Judas cast down the money 
in the Temple and went out, and, it is said, 
hanged himself. 

So that they might have him put to death, 
the Jews led Jesus away to the judgment- 
hall, to Pilate the Roman Governor. And 
when Pilate had examined Jesus, he told the 
Jews to take him away, that he could find 
no fault in him. But with this the Jews 
would not be satisfied. Pilate then sent 
Jesus with them to Herod, the ruler of 
Galilee, where Jesus belonged, being now in 
Jerusalem. Herod, however, would not put 
Jesus to death ; but he dressed him in a 
purple robe, such as kings wear, to make a 
mock of him, and let his soldiers insult him, 
and then sent him back to Pilate. 

Pilate still declared that Jesus was an in- 
nocent man ; and hoping he might be able 
to set him free, as was the custom for the 
Governor at the feast to pardon and release 
any prisoner whom the people might desire 
to have, thinking the people would ask for 
the release of Jesus, he asked them this 
question, Which will ye that I release unto 
you, Barabbas or Jesus? /The chief priests 



334 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

and scribes persuaded the people to have 
Barabbas released, who was a notorious 
robber. And when they chose to have 
the robber released, Pilate said to them, 
What shall I do then with Jesus, who is 
called Christ? And they said, Let him be 
crucified. 

Then Pilate thought to pacify the Jews in 
another way ; and so, having reminded them 
that neither Herod nor himself had found 
any fault in Jesus worthy of his being put to 
death, he caused Jesus to be scourged. And 
the soldiers, to deride and mock him, put on 
him a splendid purple robe, and platted a 
crown of thorns and placed it on his head, 
and put a reed in his hand, making him look 
like a king; then kneeling down before him, 
said, Hail, King of the Jews ! and then they 
spat upon him, and struck him with their 
hands. And one snatching the reed out of 
his hand, struck the thorny crown, driving 
the thorns into his brow. 

What cruel treatment ! And Jesus bore 
all this cruel treatment as he did the insult 
and mockery of Herod and his men with- 
out saying a word. 

Pilate now thought the Jews would be 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 385 

satisfied when they would see how Jesus was 
suffering, and brought him forth wearing the 
purple robe and the crown of thorns, and let 
them see his bleeding temples, pierced by the 
thorns of which the crown was made, and 
his back, with the flesh all torn and bleed- 
ing from the lash of the whip with which he 
had been scourged, saying, Behold the man ! 
But this did not pacify them ; and Pilate was 
now greatly displeased with them, and said 
he would have nothing to do with putting 
this righteous man to death, and to take him 
away, for he had done nothing worthy of 
death, and he had found no fault in him ; 
and they said he ought to die because he 
made himself the Son of God. What did 
Pilate do then? When he heard that Jesus 
called himself the Son of God, he was afraid, 
and still tried to save him ; and once again 
brought Jesus out to them, and as he pre- 
sented Jesus to them, cried out, Behold your 
King ! But they all cried out fiercely, Away 
with him ! away with him ! crucify him ! 
And Pilate said, Shall I crucify your king ? 
and the chief priests said, We have no king 
but Caesar. 

And when Pilate saw he could not pacify 



336 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

therri, lie delivered Jesus to them, that is, to 
the Jews, to be crucified ; and took water 
and washed his hands before them all, sa) r - 
ing, I am innocent of the blood of this just 
person. And all the people answered and 
said, His blood be on us and our children. 

So the Jews took Jesus away and crucified 
him, and two thieves with him. 



■o- 



LESSON XXXVII. 

ABOUT JESUS, OR THE CRUCIFIXION AND RESUR- 
RECTION. 

" Come, children, hail the Prince of Peace, 
Obey the Savior's call; 
Come, seek his face, and taste his grace, 
And crown him Lord of all. 

Ye lambs of Christ, your tribute bring, 

Ye children, great and small, 
Hosannas sing to Christ, your king, 

And crown him Lord of all. 

This Jesus will your sins forgive; 

For such he drank the gall ; 
For such he died, that they might live 

To crown him Lord of all. 

Let every little girl and boy 

That dwells upon this ball, 
Their tongues employ in songs of joy, 

And crown him Lord of all.'* 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 337 

Dear children, you have seen from the 
last lesson how Jesus was tried by the 
Jewish rulers, and then by the Roman Gov- 
ernor, as well as Herod, the ruler of Galilee; 
that though nothing worthy of death was 
found against him, and there could be no 
fault found in him at all, how the Jews con- 
demned him to death, and Pilate gave him 
to them to be crucified : but what is it to be 
crucified ? 

I think, children, you all know what a 
cross is. A cross is a long, straight piece 
of wood with another straight piece across it 
near the top. 

Now, to be crucified, is to have the body 
placed on the long piece of wood with the 
arms and hands stretched out upon the cross- 
piece of wood ; and then being bound with 
cords to the cross to be made fast to the 
wood by nails driven through the hands 
and feet, and then to have the lower end 
of the long piece of wood put in the ground 
so as to have the cross stand up like a 
tree, while the person hangs upon it by the 
hands and feet till he dies. 

When Pilate gave the Jews permission to 

put Jesus to death, what did they do with 

22 



338 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

liim ? While they made him carry his cross 
till he nearly fainted under it, it was so 
heavy, they led him away to a place outside 
the walls of the city of Jerusalem, called 
Golgotha. Here, having offered him vinegar 
and myrrh to drink, as a sort of medicine to 
help him to bear pain — but Jesus refused to 
take it, for he wished to feel all the pain his 
Father would have him bear to save sinners — 
the soldiers nailed him to his cross, and two 
thieves with him, whose crosses were placed 
one on the right side of Jesus, and the other 
on the left, then parted his raiment among 
themselves. On the top of the cross Pilate 
had caused a writing to be placed, saying, 
" This is Jesus of Nazareth, the King of the 
Jews;" for while he desired to show who 
it was that was hanging upon the cross, he 
would show that there was nothing against 
Jesus, that the Jews had put an innocent 
man to death. Jesus being now hung on 
the -cross, the Jewish rulers with others 
wanted now to see him die. They ridiculed 
him even when he hung on the cross, as 
well as when on his way to be crucified. 

But what had become of the disciples? 
They forsook Jesus; they were afraid of 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 339 

these wicked Jews — except James, the son of 
Zebedee, who kept as near Jesus as he could 
all the while. Peter denied Jesus with an 
oath, saying he did not know the man ; but 
was afterward very sorry, and repented hav- 
ing done so, and Jesus forgave him for it. 
At first Peter was very bold, and went about 
to fight the officers who came to take Jesus 
in the garden ; drawing his sword, he cut off 
the high-priest's servant's ear. But was it 
necessary for any one to defend Jesus ? No. 

Jesus said to Peter, Put up thy sword 
again into its sheath ; and reproved him for 
striking the officers of the Government, say- 
ing, For all they that take the sword shall 
perish by the sword ; and told him he could 
now pray to his Father, and he would pres- 
ently send him twelve legions of angels, who 
could fight for him, if he would wish. 

When Jesus was hung upon the cross, he 
prayed to his Father to forgive his cruel 
murderers. It seems at first both of the 
thieves who were crucified with him, like the 
Jews and others who were looking on, in- 
sulted Jesus, but after a while one of them 
begged Jesus to save him, and he forgave 
him ; Jesus next gave his mother, who, with 



340 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

some other women, stood by weeping, to 
John's care. About noon, when Jesus had 
been on the cross about three hours, the sun 
was darkened, and it was dark like night 
over all the land. And at the ninth hour, 
which was about three o'clock in the after- 
noon, he cried out and prayed to his Father. 
Quickly after he cried out, saying, I thirst. 
And some one held up to him a sponge full 
of vinegar ; which, when he had tasted, he 
cried out again with a loud voice, that his 
suffering work was finished ; he then, giving 
his soul into the care of his Father, bowed 
down his head and died. 

For whose sins did Jesus suffer this? 

Among other things that happened while 
Jesus was dying, the earth shook, and rocks 
split, and graves were opened, and all the 
people present were struck with awe. The 
centurion who commanded the soldiers who 
were on guard, cried out, that certainly Jesus 
was the Son of God ; and the soldiers beat 
their breasts for terror, and in grief, for what 
they had done in his death. 

When they came to take the body of Jesus 
down from the cross, they, finding he was 
dead already, did not break any of his bones, 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 341 

as tliey did those of the others who were 
crucified with him, only a soldier thrust a 
spear into his side, and blood and water 
came out of his heart. Having obtained 
permission of Pilate to take care of the body 
of Jesus, Joseph of Arimathea, with the as- 
sistance of Nicodemus, after perfuming and 
wrapping it in fine linen, laid it in his own 
new grave, which he had dug out of a rock 
in his garden. 

The Jews remembering what Jesus had 
said, how he would rise on the third 
day, had the grave sealed, that is, made 
fast, and then set a guard of soldiers to 
watch it. 

Now, very early in the morning on the 
first day of the week, Mary Magdalene, with 
two other women, came to the sepulcher, and 
what did they see ? They saw that the stone 
was taken away from the door of the sepul- 
cher, and they thought some one had taken 
away the body of Jesus. So Mary ran back 
and told some of the disciples about it, and 
they came and found the stone was taken 
away from the door, as well as Mary. But 
who had moved the stone? 

I will tell you, children, about it. That 



342 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

morning, wliile it was yet dark, there was a 
great earthquake, and the Angel of the Lord 
descended from heaven and came and rolled 
back the stone from the door of the sepul- 
cher and sat upon it. I will tell you how 
he looked; his face was bright like light- 
ning, and his clothes were as snow. And 
the soldiers who were set to watch the sepul- 
cher were so frightened that they shook and 
fell to the ground like dead men. Other 
angels were seen, also, all clothed in white. 
Two were seen in the sepulcher, one at the 
head and the other at the feet where the 
body of Jesus lay. And as the disciples 
looked into the sepulcher, they said to them, 
Why seek ye the living among the dead ? he 
is not here, he is risen ! Remember what he 
said to you while he was with you, that he 
would be delivered into the hands of wicked 
men, and would be crucified, and on the 
third day rise again. 

After the Angel had told the disciples and 
the friends of Jesus how he was risen again, 
they all went home but Mary ; she stood by 
the sepulcher weeping ; and stooping down, 
she saw the two angels in the sepulcher. 
And they said to her, Woman, why weepesfc 



INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 843 

tliou? And she said, Because they have 
taken away my Lord, and I know not where 
they have laid him. And when she turned 
herself back whom did she see? She saw 
Jesus, but she did not know it was Jesus." 
And what did he say to her? He said, 
Woman, why weepest thou? What seekest 
thou? Mary thought he was the gardener, 
and said to him, Sir, if thou hast borne him 
hence, tell me where thou hast laid him, and 
I will take him away. But Jesus spoke to 
her again, and said to her, Mary ! And 
when he spoke her name, then she knew it 
was Jesus, and she said to him, Master ! 
And he said to her, Go, tell my brethren, I 
ascend unto my Father and your Father, and 
to my God and your God. 

Jesus showed himself after he arose from 
the dead to his apostles and others, at differ- 
ent times, before he ascended to heaven ; and 
they beheld the print of th^ nails in his 
hands and feet, and his side, where it had 
been pierced by the spear. 

Having led his apostles and many other 
friends thence out to Mount Olivet, and hav- 
ing taught his apostles how they were to 
preach his Gospel till he would come again, 



344 INFANT CLASS MANUAL. 

while with uplifted hands he was blessing 
them, he was taken up to heaven, and a cloud 
received him out of their sight. And while 
they all stood looking as he went up, two 
angels, clothed in white, came to them, 
and said, Why stand ye gazing up into 
heaven? This same Jesus which is taken 
up' from you into heaven, shall so come in 
like manner as ye have seen him go up into 
heaven. 

There are some verses you may repeat. 

(The children repeat.) 

"Hark! the herald angels say, 
Christ, the Lord, is risen to-day ; 
Love's redeeming work is done, 
Fought the fight, the battle won. 

The angels roll the stone away, 
Death yields up the mighty prey; 
See, the Savior quits the tomb, 
Glowing with immortal bloom. 

Vain the stone, the watch, the seal, 
Christ has burst the gates of hell ; 
Lives again our glorious king ! 
Where, death, is now thy sting ?" 



s , 



Deacidified using the Bookkeeper process. 
Neutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide 
Treatment Date: Sept. 2005 

PreservationTechnologies 

A WORLD LEADER IN PAPER PRESERVATION 

1 1 1 Thomson Park Drive 
Cranberry Township, PA 16066 
(724)779-2111 



